User Manual

ManualsBrandsSiemens ManualsVariable Speed DriveSINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual

SINAMICS G120

CU230P-2 Control Units

List Manual · 01/2013

SINAMICS

Summary of content (742 pages)

PAGE 1
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual · 01/2013 SINAMICS s
PAGE 2
PAGE 3
s Parameters Function diagrams SINAMICS Faults and alarms SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units Appendix List of abbreviations List Manual Index Valid for Control Units Firmware version CU230P-2_HVAC 4.6 CU230P-2_BT 4.6 CU230P-2_DP 4.6 CU230P-2_PN 4.6 CU230P-2_CAN 4.
PAGE 4
Safety notices This Manual contains information which you must observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as to avoid material damage. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a warning triangle; notices that relate to material damage only have no warning triangle. The notices shown below are graded according to the level of danger (from most to least hazardous): Danger Indicates that death or serious injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
PAGE 5
Table of contents 1 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 Overview of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explanation of the parameter list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number ranges of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1-8 1-19 1.2 List of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 6
Table of contents 2.15 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-628 2.16 Faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-638 2.17 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-644 Faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-649 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.
PAGE 7
1 Parameters Contents 1.1 Overview of parameters 1-8 1.2 List of parameters 1.3 Command and drive data sets - overview 1-466 1.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1-475 1.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1-487 1.
PAGE 8
Parameters Overview of parameters 1.1 Overview of parameters 1.1.1 Explanation of the parameter list Basic structure of parameter descriptions The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The table below contains all the information that can be included in a parameter description. Some of the information is optional. The parameter list (See Section 1.
PAGE 9
Parameters Overview of parameters pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter number and the index or bit array (optional). Examples of representation in the parameter list: • p... Adjustable parameter (read and write) • r... Display parameter (read-only) • p0918 Adjustable parameter 918 • p2051[0...13] Adjustable parameter 2051, indices 0 to 13 • p1001[0...
PAGE 10
Parameters Overview of parameters The following applies to display parameters: The fields "Min", "Max" and "Factory setting" are specified with a dash "-" and the relevant unit in square brackets. Note: The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the respective commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions).
PAGE 11
Parameters Overview of parameters Table 1-1 Information in the "CU/PM variants" field CU/PM variants Meaning All Control Units have this parameter.
PAGE 12
Parameters Overview of parameters Calculated Specifies whether the parameter is influenced by automatic calculations. p0340 determines which calculations are to be performed: • p0340 = 1 includes the calculations from p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5. • p0340 = 2 calculates the motor parameters (p0350 ... p0360, p0625). • p0340 = 3 includes the calculations from p0340 = 4, 5. • p0340 = 4 only calculates the controller parameters. • p0340 = 5 only calculates the controller limits.
PAGE 13
Parameters Overview of parameters Depending on the data type of the BICO input parameter (signal sink) and BICO output parameter (signal source), the following combinations are possible when creating BICO interconnections: Table 1-2 Possible combinations of BICO interconnections BICO input parameter CI parameter BICO output parameter BI parameter Unsigned32 / Integer16 Unsigned32 / Integer32 Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Unsigned32 / Binary CO: Unsigned8 x x – – CO: Unsigned16 x x – – CO:
PAGE 14
Parameters Overview of parameters • U Operation U: Run Pulses are enabled. • T Ready T: Ready to run The pulses are not enabled and the status "C(x)" is not active. Scaling Specification of the reference variable with which a signal value is automatically converted for a BICO interconnection. The following reference variables are available: • p2000 ... p2006: Reference speed, reference voltage, etc. • PERCENT: 1.0 = 100 % • 4000H: 4000 hex = 100 % Dyn.
PAGE 15
Parameters Overview of parameters Unit group and unit selection The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square brackets after the values for "Min", "Max", and "Factory setting". For parameters where the unit can be switched over, the specifications for "Unit group" and "Unit selection" determine the group to which this parameter belongs and with which parameter the unit can be changed over.
PAGE 16
Parameters Overview of parameters Table 1-5 Unit group (p0595) Unit group Unit selection for p0595 = Value 9_1 Table 1-6 Unit group (p11026) Unit selection for p11026 = Value 9_2 for % Unit group (p11126) Unit selection for p11126 = Value 9_3 Unit Reference value for % The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in p11126 (See Section 1.2).
PAGE 17
Parameters Overview of parameters Parameter values Min Minimum value of the parameter [unit] Max Maximum value of the parameter [unit] Factory setting Value when shipped [unit] In the case of a binector/connector input, the signal source of the default BICO interconnection is specified. A nonindexed connector output is assigned the index [0]. A different value may be displayed for certain parameters (e.g. p1800) during first commissioning.
PAGE 18
Parameters Overview of parameters Bit array For parameters with bit arrays, the following information is provided about each bit: • Bit number and signal name • Meaning for signal states 1 and 0 • Function diagram (FP) (optional). The signal is shown on this function diagram. Dependency Conditions that must be fulfilled in conjunction with this parameter. Also includes special effects that can occur between this parameter and others.
PAGE 19
Parameters Overview of parameters 1.1.2 Number ranges of parameters Note: The following number ranges represent an overview for all of the parameters available for the SINAMICS drive family. The parameters for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in Section 1.2.
PAGE 20
Parameters Overview of parameters Table 1-9 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range 1-20 Description From To 2500 2699 Position control (LR) and basic positioning (EPOS) 2700 2719 Reference values, display 2720 2729 Load gearbox 2800 2819 Logic operations 2900 2930 Fixed values (e.g.
PAGE 21
Parameters Overview of parameters Table 1-9 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range Description From To 8600 8799 CAN bus 8800 8899 Communication Board Ethernet (CBE), PROFIdrive 8900 8999 Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET, CBE20 9000 9299 Topology 9300 9399 Safety Integrated 9400 9499 Parameter consistency and storage 9500 9899 Safety Integrated 9900 9949 Topology 9950 9999 Diagnostics, internal 10000 10199 Safety Integrated 11000 11299 Free technology controller 0, 1
PAGE 22
Parameters List of parameters 1.2 List of parameters Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng Objects: CU230P-2_BT, CU230P-2_CAN, CU230P-2_DP, CU230P-2_HVAC, CU230P-2_PN r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting - Description: Operating display for the drive.
PAGE 23
Parameters List of parameters p0010 Description: Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800, 2818 Min 0 Max 49 Factory setting 1 Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive. Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
PAGE 24
Parameters List of parameters The following applies for the user-defined list: - password protection is only available on the drive object Control Unit and is valid for all of the drive objects. - p0013 cannot be included in the user-defined list for all drive objects. - p0003, p0009, p0011, p0012, p0976 cannot, for the drive object Control Unit, be included in the user-defined list. - the user-defined list can be cleared and de-activated "restore factory setting". A value of 0 means: Entry is empty.
PAGE 25
Parameters List of parameters Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. Note: Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product. When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
PAGE 26
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0060 Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060). r0021 Description: CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 27
Parameters List of parameters r0025 CO: Output voltage smoothed / U_outp smooth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1690, 5730, 6799 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Displays the smoothed output voltage of the power unit.
PAGE 28
Parameters List of parameters Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The modulation depth is available smoothed (r0028) and unsmoothed (r0074). r0029 Current actual value field-generating smoothed / Id_act smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 29
Parameters List of parameters Note: Power delivered at the motor shaft. The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms) and unsmoothed (r0082). r0034 CO: Motor utilization / Motor utilization PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 30
Parameters List of parameters r0037[0...19] CO: Power unit temperatures / PU temperatures PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8014 Min - [°C] Max - [°C] Factory setting - [°C] Description: Displays the temperatures in the power unit.
PAGE 31
Parameters List of parameters [18] = Depletion layer 6 [19] = Reserved Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Note: The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal. r0037[0]: Maximum value of the inverter temperatures (r0037[5...10]). r0037[1]: Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures (r0037[13...18]). r0037[2]: Maximum value of the rectifier temperatures (r0037[11...12]). The maximum value is the temperature of the hottest inverter, depletion layer, or rectifier.
PAGE 32
Parameters List of parameters r0041 Energy consumption saved / Energy cons saved Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [kWh] Max - [kWh] Factory setting - [kWh] Description: Displays the saved energy referred to 100 operating hours. Dependency: Refer to: p0040 Note: This display is used for a fluid-flow machine. The flow characteristic is entered into p3320 ... p3329.
PAGE 33
Parameters List of parameters Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. Bit 02 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0848 or p0849 is a 0 signal. Bit 03 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0852 is a 0 signal. Bit 04 =1 (DC brake active) when: - the signal source in p1230 has a 1 signal Bit 10 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p1140 is a 0 signal.
PAGE 34
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 115: 120: 140: 150: 170: 195: 200: 220: 230: 240: 250: 270: 290: 300: No measurement Measurement q leakage inductance (part 2) Speed controller optimization (vibration test) Calculate speed controller setting Measurement moment of inertia Measurement magnetizing current and saturation characteristic Measurement q leakage inductance (part 1) Rotating measurement selected identification leakage inductance Identification rotor time constant Identification stator induc
PAGE 35
Parameters List of parameters 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 13 14 15 Operation enabled Fault present Coast down active (OFF2) Quick Stop active (OFF3) Switching on inhibited active Alarm present Deviation setpoint/actual speed Control request Maximum speed reached I, M, P limit reached Alarm motor overtemperature Motor rotates forwards Alarm drive converter overload Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes No No No Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Caution: p2080 is used to define the signal so
PAGE 36
Parameters List of parameters Note: The following status bits are displayed in r0053: Bit 00: r1239 Bit 8 Bit 01: r2197 Bit 5 (negated) Bit 02: r2197 Bit 0 (negated) Bit 03: r2197 Bit 8 Bit 04: r2197 Bit 2 Bit 05: r2197 Bit 1 Bit 06: r2197 Bit 4 Bit 07: r2197 Bit 9 Bit 08: r2197 Bit 10 Bit 09: r1199 Bit 2 (negated) Bit 10: r2349 Bit 10 Bit 11: r2349 Bit 11 r0054.0...15 CO/BO: Control word 1 / STW 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 37
Parameters List of parameters r0055.0...15 CO/BO: Supplementary control word / Suppl STW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays supplementary control word.
PAGE 38
Parameters List of parameters 13 14 Current/torque limiting Vdc_max controller active Active Yes Inactive No 15 Vdc_min controller active Yes No r0056.0...13 CO/BO: Status word, closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl PM250 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM260 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the closed-loop control.
PAGE 39
Parameters List of parameters r0063[0...2] Description: CO: Speed actual value / n_act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1680, 4715 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Displays the actual speed of the closed-loop speed control and the U/f control.
PAGE 40
Parameters List of parameters r0067 CO: Output current maximum / I_outp max Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300, 6640, 6724 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Description: Displays the maximum output current of the power unit.
PAGE 41
Parameters List of parameters r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6723, 6724, 6730, 6731, 6799 Min - [V] Max - [V] Factory setting - [V] Description: Displays the measured actual value of the DC link voltage. Dependency: Refer to: r0026 Notice: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V, for the Power Module (e.g.
PAGE 42
Parameters List of parameters r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Modulat_depth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6730, 6731, 6799, 8940, 8950 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the actual modulation depth. Dependency: Refer to: r0028 Note: For space vector modulation, 100% corresponds to the maximum output voltage without overcontrol.
PAGE 43
Parameters List of parameters r0078 CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1710, 6310, 6714, 6799 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Description: Displays the torque-generating current actual value (Iq_act). Dependency: Refer to: r0030 Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode.
PAGE 44
Parameters List of parameters r0083 Description: r0084[0...1] CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5722 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the flux setpoint. CO: Flux actual value / Flux act val Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn.
PAGE 45
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: IEC-Motor (50 Hz, SI units) NEMA motor (60 Hz, US units) NEMA motor (60 Hz, SI units) Dependency: If p0100 is changed, all of the rated motor parameters are reset. Only then are possible unit changeovers made. The units of all motor parameters are changed that are involved in the selection of IEC or NEMA (e.g. r0206, p0307, r0333, r0334, p0341, p0344, r1969).
PAGE 46
Parameters List of parameters p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS) / DDS count Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565 Min 1 Max 4 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of Drive Data Sets (DDS). Dependency: Refer to: p0010, r3996 Notice: When the data sets are created, short-term communication interruptions may occur. r0197[0...
PAGE 47
Parameters List of parameters r0200[0...n] Power unit code number actual / PU code no. act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: PDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the unique code number of the power unit. Note: r0200 = 0: No power unit data found p0201[0...
PAGE 48
Parameters List of parameters 250: 260: 300: 350: 400: SINAMICS SM SINAMICS MC SINAMICS GL SINAMICS SL SINAMICS DCM Note: For parallel circuit configurations, the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. r0204[0...n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: PDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 49
Parameters List of parameters Note: When the parameter is changed, all of the motor parameters (p0305 ... p0311), the technological application (p0500) and the control mode (p1300) are pre-assigned according to the selected application. The parameter has no influence when calculating the thermal overload. p0205 can only be changed to the settings that are saved in the power unit EEPROM. r0206[0...
PAGE 50
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Catalog [1] = Load duty cycle with low overload [2] = Load duty cycle with high overload [3] = Reserved [4] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p0205 p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / V_connect Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(2), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 51
Parameters List of parameters - The minimum ramp-down time is calculated (p1127) as a function of p0341, p0342 and p1082 (not for vector control with speed encoder). If the parameter is reset again to zero, then the Vdc_max controller is reactivated and the power limit as well as the ramp-down time are recalculated. p0230 Drive filter type motor side / Drv filt type mot PM230 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM240 Can be changed: C(1, 2) Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 52
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: The following parameters are influenced using p0230: p0230 = 1: --> p0233 (power unit, motor reactor) = filter inductance Refer to: p0233, p0234, p0290, p1082, p1800, p1802 Note: if a filter type cannot be selected, then this filter type is not permitted for the Motor Module. p0230 = 1: Power units with output reactor are limited to output frequencies of 150 Hz. r0231[0...
PAGE 53
Parameters List of parameters r0238 Internal power unit resistance / PU R internal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Description: Displays the internal resistance of the power unit (IGBT and line resistance). p0287[0...
PAGE 54
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only responses can be selected without pulse frequency reduction (p0290 = 0, 1). For a thermal power unit overload, an appropriate alarm or fault is output, and r2135.15 or r2135.13 set. Refer to: r0036, r0037, p0230, r2135 Refer to: A05000, A05001, A07805 Caution: If the thermal overload of the power unit is not sufficiently reduced by the actions taken, the drive is always shut down.
PAGE 55
Parameters List of parameters p0292[0...1] Power unit temperature alarm threshold / PU T_alrm thresh Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [°C] Max 25 [°C] Factory setting [0] 5 [°C] [1] 15 [°C] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for power unit overtemperatures. The value is set as a difference to the tripping (shutdown) temperature.
PAGE 56
Parameters List of parameters r0297 DC link voltage overvoltage threshold / Vdc U_upper_thresh Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8750, 8760, 8850, 8864, 8950, 8964 Min - [V] Max - [V] Factory setting - [V] Description: If the DC link voltage exceeds the threshold specified here, the drive unit is tripped due to DC link overvoltage. Dependency: Refer to: F30002 p0300[0...
PAGE 57
Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 10: 13: 14: 17: 18: 19: 100: No motor Induction motor (rotating) Synchronous motor (rotating, permanent-magnet) 1LE1 standard induction motor series 1LG6 standard induction motor series SIMOTICS FD induction motor series 1LA7 standard induction motor series 1LA8 / 1PQ8 standard induction motor series 1LA9 standard induction motor series 1LE1 standard induction motor Dependency: When selecting a motor type from the 1LE1, 1LG6, 1LA7, 1LA8, 1LA9 series, parame
PAGE 58
Parameters List of parameters Note: When the parameter value is entered the connection type of the motor (star-delta) must be taken into account. Once the Control Unit has booted for the first time or if the factory settings have been restored, the parameter is pre-assigned to match the power unit. p0306[0...n] Description: Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 59
Parameters List of parameters p0308[0...n] Rated motor power factor / Mot cos_phi_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.000 Max 1.000 Factory setting 0.000 Description: Sets the rated motor power factor (cos phi, rating plate). Dependency: This parameter is only available for p0100 = 0, 2. For a parameter value of 0.
PAGE 60
Parameters List of parameters p0310[0...n] Rated motor frequency / Mot f_rated PM330 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300 Min 0.00 [Hz] Max 100.00 [Hz] Factory setting 0.00 [Hz] Description: Sets the rated motor frequency (rating plate).
PAGE 61
Parameters List of parameters p0314[0...n] Description: Motor pole pair number / Mot pole pair No. Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 0 Sets the motor pole pair number. p0314 = 1: 2-pole motor p0314 = 2: 4-pole motor, etc.
PAGE 62
Parameters List of parameters p0322[0...n] Maximum motor speed / Mot n_max Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.0 [rpm] Max 210000.0 [rpm] Factory setting 0.0 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum motor speed. Dependency: Refer to: p1082 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.
PAGE 63
Parameters List of parameters Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: For synchronous motors without reluctance torque, the value 0 must be set. r0330[0...n] Rated motor slip / Mot slip_rated Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 64
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit Nm NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf ft Note: For induction motors, r0333 is calculated from p0307 and p0311. For synchronous motors, r0333 is calculated from p0305, p0316, p0327 and p0328. p0335[0...n] Motor cooling type / Mot cool type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 65
Parameters List of parameters p0340 = 2: --> p0350, p0354 ... p0360 --> p0625 (matching p0350), p0626 ... p0628 p0340 = 3: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 4, 5 --> p0346, p0347, p0622, p1320 ...
PAGE 66
Parameters List of parameters r0343[0...n] Description: p0344[0...n] Rated motor current identified / Mot I_rated ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [Arms] Max 10000.00 [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Displays the identified rated motor current.
PAGE 67
Parameters List of parameters For permanent-magnet synchronous motors and vector control, the value depends on the stator time constant (r0386). Here, it defines the time to establish the current for encoderless operation immediately after the pulses have been enabled. p0347[0...n] Description: Motor de-excitation time / Mot t_de-excitat. Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 68
Parameters List of parameters p0352[0...n] Cable resistance / R_cable PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00000 [ohm] Max 120.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0.00000 [ohm] Description: Resistance of the power cable between the power unit and motor. Caution: The cable resistance should be entered prior to motor data identification.
PAGE 69
Parameters List of parameters p0357[0...n] Motor stator inductance d axis / Mot L_stator d PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00000 [mH] Max 1000.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] Description: Sets the stator direct-axis inductance of the synchronous motor.
PAGE 70
Parameters List of parameters Note: For induction motors, p0362 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). p0363[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 / Mot saturat.flux 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 71
Parameters List of parameters p0366[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 1 / Mot sat. I_mag 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6726 Min 5.0 [%] Max 800.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 72
Parameters List of parameters p0369[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 4 / Mot sat. I_mag 4 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6726 Min 5.0 [%] Max 800.0 [%] Factory setting 210.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 73
Parameters List of parameters r0374[0...n] Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Description: Displays the motor rotor resistance at an ambient temperature p0625. Dependency: Refer to: p0625 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). r0376[0...
PAGE 74
Parameters List of parameters r0386[0...n] Motor stator leakage time constant / Mot T_stator leak Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [ms] Max - [ms] Factory setting - [ms] Description: Displays the stator leakage time constant.
PAGE 75
Parameters List of parameters For p0500 = 3 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set: - p1574 = 2 V - p1580 = 80 % (efficiency optimization) - p1750.2 = 1: Encoderless control of the induction motor is effective down to zero frequency.
PAGE 76
Parameters List of parameters p0500 Technology application / Tec application PM330 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 5), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 3 Factory setting 3 Description: Sets the technology application. The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e.g. initiated using p0340 = 5.
PAGE 77
Parameters List of parameters p0573 Inhibit automatic reference value calculation / Inhibit calc Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to inhibit the calculation of reference parameters (e.g. p2000) when automatically calculating the motor and closed-loop control parameters (p0340, p3900).
PAGE 78
Parameters List of parameters 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: Dependency: lbf lbf ft K rpm parts/min m/s ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg Only the unit of the technology controller parameters are switched over (unit group 9_1).
PAGE 79
Parameters List of parameters p0604[0...n] Description: Mot_temp_mod 2/KTY alarm threshold / Mod 2/KTY A thresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016 Min 0.0 [°C] Max 240.0 [°C] Factory setting 130.0 [°C] Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY.
PAGE 80
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0601, p0604, p0605, p0614, p0615 Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07910 Note: The I_max reduction is not executed for PTC (p0601 = 1) or bimetallic NC contact (p0601 = 4). The I_max reduction results in a lower output frequency. If value = 0: An alarm is output and I_max is not reduced. If value = 1: An alarm is output and a timer is started. A fault is output if the alarm is still active after this timer has expired.
PAGE 81
Parameters List of parameters Notice: Re bit 00: This bit is only automatically activated for permanent-magnet 1FT7 synchronous motors. For other permanentmagnet synchronous motors, the user himself must activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t). It is only possible to activate this motor temperature model (I2t) for a time constant greater than zero (p0611 > 0).
PAGE 82
Parameters List of parameters For p0620 = 2, the following applies: The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035. If applicable, the rotor temperature for adapting the rotor resistance is calculated from the stator temperature (r0035) as follows: theta_R = (r0628 + r0625) / (r0627 + r0625) * r0035 p0621[0...n] Identification stator resistance after restart / Rst_ident Restart PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM240 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 83
Parameters List of parameters p0621 = 2: Identification of the stator resistance every time the drive is powered up (pulse enable). If a reference value for the stator resistance at an ambient temperature is entered into p0629, then the setting value for the stator temperature is generated from this value and not from p0350. When activating the measurement (p0621 = 1, 2), p0629 is determined when first starting the drive. p0629 should be saved for subsequent use.
PAGE 84
Parameters List of parameters r0623 Rs identification stator resistance after switch on again / Rs-id Rs aft sw-on Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [ohm] Max - [ohm] Factory setting - [ohm] Description: Displays the stator resistance determined using the Rs identification after switching on again. Dependency: Refer to: p0621, p0622 p0625[0...
PAGE 85
Parameters List of parameters p0628[0...n] Motor overtemperature rotor winding / Mot T_over rotor Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016 Min 20 [K] Max 200 [K] Factory setting 100 [K] Description: Defines the rated overtemperature of the squirrel cage rotor referred to ambient temperature.
PAGE 86
Parameters List of parameters r0632[0...n] Description: r0633[0...n] Mot_temp_mod stator winding temperature / Mod T_winding Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016 Min - [°C] Max - [°C] Factory setting - [°C] Displays the stator winding temperature of the motor temperature model.
PAGE 87
Parameters List of parameters p0650[0...n] Description: Actual motor operating hours / Mot t_oper act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [h] Max 4294967295 [h] Factory setting 0 [h] Displays the operating hours for the corresponding motor. The motor operating time counter continues to run when the pulses are enabled.
PAGE 88
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 11 12 Signal name DI 0 (T. 5) DI 1 (T. 6) DI 2 (T. 7) DI 3 (T. 8) DI 4 (T. 16) DI 5 (T. 17) DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 DI 12 (T. 10, 11) AI 1 Note: AI: Analog Input 1 signal High High High High High High High High 0 signal Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low FP - DI: Digital Input T: Terminal r0722.0...12 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status / CU DI status Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 89
Parameters List of parameters Note: AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input T: Terminal p0724 CU digital inputs debounce time / CU DI t_debounce Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.000 [ms] Max 20.000 [ms] Factory setting 4.000 [ms] Description: Sets the debounce time for digital inputs. Note: The digital inputs are read in cyclically every 2 ms (DI 11, DI 12 every 4 ms).
PAGE 90
Parameters List of parameters r0747 CU digital outputs status / CU DO status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2130, 2131, 2132, 2133 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status of digital outputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 Note: DO: Digital Output Signal name DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T. 18) DO 1 (NO: T. 21) DO 2 (NO: T. 24 / NC: T.
PAGE 91
Parameters List of parameters r0752[0...3] Description: CO: CU analog inputs input voltage/current actual / CU AI U/I_inp act Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the actual input voltage in V when set as voltage input. Displays the actual input current in mA when set as current input and with the load resistor switched in.
PAGE 92
Parameters List of parameters p0756[0...3] CU analog inputs type / CU AI type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting [0] 4 [1] 4 [2] 2 [3] 8 Description: Sets the type of analog inputs. p0756[0...1] = 0, 1, 4 corresponds to a voltage input (r0752, p0757, p0759 are displayed in V). p0756[0...
PAGE 93
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) [2] = AI2 (T. 50/51) [3] = AI3 (T. 52/53) Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. p0758[0...3] CU analog inputs characteristic value y1 / CU AI char y1 Description: Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min -1000.00 [%] Max 1000.
PAGE 94
Parameters List of parameters p0761[0...3] Description: CU analog inputs wire breakage monitoring response threshold / CU WireBrkThresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568 Min 0.00 Max 20.00 Factory setting 2.00 Sets the response threshold for the wire breakage monitoring of the analog inputs. The unit for the parameter value depends on the set analog input type.
PAGE 95
Parameters List of parameters p0771[0...1] CI: CU analog outputs signal source / CU AO S_src Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2261 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 21[0] [1] 27[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the analog outputs. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal r0772[0...
PAGE 96
Parameters List of parameters p0775[0...1] CU analog outputs activate absolute value generation / CU AO absVal act Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Activates the absolute value generation for the analog outputs.
PAGE 97
Parameters List of parameters p0778[0...1] Description: CU analog outputs characteristic value y1 / CU AO char y1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min -20.000 [V] Max 20.000 [V] Factory setting 0.000 [V] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 98
Parameters List of parameters p0782[0...1] BI: CU analog outputs invert signal source / CU AO inv S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to invert the analog output signals. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal r0785.0...
PAGE 99
Parameters List of parameters 02 03 04 05 11 12 Dependency: DI 2 (T. 7) DI 3 (T. 8) DI 4 (T. 16) DI 5 (T. 17) DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 DI 12 (T.10, 11) AI 1 Simulation Simulation Simulation Simulation Simulation Simulation Terminal eval Terminal eval Terminal eval Terminal eval Terminal eval Terminal eval - The setpoint for the input signals is specified using p0796. Refer to: p0796 Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971).
PAGE 100
Parameters List of parameters p0798[0...3] CU analog inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU AI sim setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min -50.000 Max 2000.000 Factory setting 0.000 Description: Sets the setpoint for the input value in the simulation mode of the analog inputs. Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) [2] = AI2 (T. 50/51) [3] = AI3 (T.
PAGE 101
Parameters List of parameters p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1100 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 102
Parameters List of parameters p0804 = 1003: No memory card has been inserted. p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1100 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 103
Parameters List of parameters p0804 = 1002: The parameter backup set in p0803 as the source in the device memory does not exist or there is not sufficient memory space available in the device memory. p0804 = 1003: No memory card has been inserted. p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 104
Parameters List of parameters p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select bit 0 CU230P-2_BT Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 (CDS bit 0).
PAGE 105
Parameters List of parameters Note: Procedure: 1. In Index 0, enter which drive data set is to be copied. 2. In Index 1, enter the drive data set data that is to be copied into. 3. Start copying: Set index 2 from 0 to 1. p0819[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed. p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select bit 0 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: C(15), T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 106
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 02 04 05 07 08 Signal name Internal parameter calculation active Armature short circuit active Identification running Rotating measurement running Motor data identification running Note: Re bit 02: 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No FP - A data set changeover is delayed by the time required for the internal parameter calculation. Re bit 04: A data set changeover is only carried out when the armature short circuit is not activated.
PAGE 107
Parameters List of parameters p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1) CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 2610, 8720, 8820, 8920 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 722.0 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "ON/OFF (OFF1)".
PAGE 108
Parameters List of parameters Only the signal source that originally powered up can also power down again. The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
PAGE 109
Parameters List of parameters Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2 PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary PM240 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 110
Parameters List of parameters p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1 CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
PAGE 111
Parameters List of parameters p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2 PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary PM240 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
PAGE 112
Parameters List of parameters p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Operation enable CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation".
PAGE 113
Parameters List of parameters Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: This bit is used to initiate a response for the drives when the control fails (F07220). If there is no control available, then binector input p0854 should be set to 1. If a control is available, then STW1.10 must be set to 1 (PZD1) so that the received data is updated.
PAGE 114
Parameters List of parameters p0860 BI: Line contactor feedback signal / Line contact feedb Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 863.1 Description: Sets the signal source for the feedback signal from the line contactor.
PAGE 115
Parameters List of parameters 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 Note: Operation enable Ramp-function generator enable Continue ramp-function generator Speed setpoint enable Jog 1 Jog 2 Master ctrl by PLC Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No - OC: Operating condition Re bit 10: If p0700 = 2 is set, bit 10 always shows "1". r0899.0...11 CO/BO: Status word sequence control / ZSW seq_ctrl Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 116
Parameters List of parameters Note: Permissible PROFIBUS addresses: 1 ... 126 Address 126 is used for commissioning. Every PROFIBUS address change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. p0922 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / PZD telegr_sel CU230P-2_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 117
Parameters List of parameters r0945[8], r0949[8], r0948[8], r2109[8] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 1 ... r0945[15], r0949[15], r0948[15], r2109[15] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 8 ... r0945[56], r0949[56], r0948[56], r2109[56] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1 ... r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8 r0946[0...
PAGE 118
Parameters List of parameters p0952 Fault cases counter / Fault cases qty Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1710, 8060 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Number of fault situations that have occurred since the last reset. Dependency: The fault buffer is deleted (cleared) by setting p0952 to 0.
PAGE 119
Parameters List of parameters r0964[1] = 5701 --> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2_PN r0964[1] = 5702 --> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2_CAN r0964[1] = 5703 --> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2_HVAC r0964[1] = 5705 --> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2_BT r0965 PROFIdrive profile number / PD profile number CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 120
Parameters List of parameters Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset). At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0. Parameter reset is completed with p0970 = 0 and r3996[0] = 0. The following generally applies: One index of parameters p2100, p2101, p2118, p2119, p2126, p2127 is not reset, if a parameterized message is precisely active in this index.
PAGE 121
Parameters List of parameters If cyclic communication is not active, then the reset is immediately executed. After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below). To check the reset operation: After the drive unit has been restarted and communications have been established, read p0972 and check the following: p0972 = 0? --> The reset was successfully executed. p0972 > 0? --> The reset was not executed. r0980[0...
PAGE 122
Parameters List of parameters r0990[0...99] List of modified parameters 1 / List chang. par 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0991, r0999 Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98.
PAGE 123
Parameters List of parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2_BT Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_HVAC Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 124
Parameters List of parameters Caution: When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. Notice: The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922. For PROFIBUS/PROFINET Control Units, the following applies: The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 = 999. p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 125
Parameters List of parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 200 Factory setting 6 Description: Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 126
Parameters List of parameters Caution: When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. Notice: The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922. For PROFIBUS/PROFINET Control Units, the following applies: The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 = 999. p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn.
PAGE 127
Parameters List of parameters p1005[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 5 / n_set_fixed 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 5.
PAGE 128
Parameters List of parameters p1010[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 10 / n_set_fixed 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 10.
PAGE 129
Parameters List of parameters p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1021, 3010 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets a value for the fixed speed / velocity setpoint 15.
PAGE 130
Parameters List of parameters p1022[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 / n_set_fixed Bit 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint. Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
PAGE 131
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p1016 Note: Re bit 00: When the fixed speed setpoints are directly selected (p1016 = 1), this bit is set if at least 1 fixed speed setpoint is selected. p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 132
Parameters List of parameters p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3020 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 133
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p1035 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p1037[0...n] Motorized potentiometer maximum speed / MotP n_max Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020 Min -210000.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.
PAGE 134
Parameters List of parameters p1041[0...n] Description: BI: Motorized potentiometer manual/automatic / Mop manual/auto Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to change over from manual to automatic when using a motorized potentiometer. In the manual mode, the setpoint is changed using two signals - raise and lower.
PAGE 135
Parameters List of parameters p1047[0...n] Description: Motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / Mop ramp-up time Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020 Min 0.000 [s] Max 1000.000 [s] Factory setting 10.000 [s] Sets the ramp-up time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 136
Parameters List of parameters p1052[0...n] CI: Speed limit RFG negative direction of rotation / n_limit RFG neg Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Min - Max - Factory setting 1086[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the speed limit of the negative direction on the ramp-function generator input.
PAGE 137
Parameters List of parameters p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1 CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 0 [1] 722.1 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for jog 2. Dependency: Refer to: p0840, p1059 Notice: The drive is enabled for jogging using BI: p1055 or BI: p1056.
PAGE 138
Parameters List of parameters p1070[0...n] CI: Main setpoint / Main setpoint CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1550, 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 755[0] [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the main setpoint. Examples: r1024: Fixed speed setpoint effective r1050: Motor.
PAGE 139
Parameters List of parameters p1075[0...n] CI: Supplementary setpoint / Suppl setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1550, 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the supplementary setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: p1076, r1077, r1078 p1076[0...
PAGE 140
Parameters List of parameters p1082[0...n] Description: Maximum speed / n_max Access level: 1 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020, 3050, 3060, 3070, 3095 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 210000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 1500.000 [rpm] Sets the highest possible speed.
PAGE 141
Parameters List of parameters r1084 CO: Speed limit positive effective / n_limit pos eff Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 3095 Min - [rpm] Max - [rpm] Factory setting - [rpm] Description: Displays the effective positive speed limit. Dependency: Refer to: p1082, p1083, p1085 p1085[0...
PAGE 142
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p1092, p1093, p1094, p1101 Notice: Skip bandwidths can also become ineffective as a result of the downstream limits in the setpoint channel. Note: The skip (suppression) speeds can be used to prevent the effects of mechanical resonance. p1092[0...n] Skip speed 2 / n_skip 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 143
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 Signal name r1170 within the skip band Dependency: Refer to: r1170 Note: Re bit 00: 1 signal Yes 0 signal No FP 3050 With the bit set, the setpoint speed is within the skip band after the ramp-function generator (r1170). The signal can be used to switch over the drive data set (DDS). p1101[0...n] Skip speed bandwidth / n_skip bandwidth Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn.
PAGE 144
Parameters List of parameters p1109[0...n] Description: CI: Total setpoint / Total setp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3030 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source for the total setpoint. For p1108 = 1 signal, the total setpoint is read in via p1109.
PAGE 145
Parameters List of parameters p1113[0...n] BI: Setpoint inversion / Setp inv CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2441, 2442, 2505, 3040 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 722.1 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source to invert the setpoint.
PAGE 146
Parameters List of parameters Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: The setpoint is influenced by other functions, e.g. skip (suppressed) speeds, minimum and maximum limits. p1120[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-up time / RFG ramp-up time PM230 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 147
Parameters List of parameters p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time PM240 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Min 0.000 [s] Max 999999.000 [s] Factory setting 10.000 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 148
Parameters List of parameters Note: For U/f control and sensorless vector control (see p1300), ramp-down times of 0 s are not recommended. The setting should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor. If the maximum speed p1082 changes, p1127 is re-calculated. p1127[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-down time / RFG t_RD min PM240 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 149
Parameters List of parameters p1131[0...n] Ramp-function generator final rounding-off time / RFG t_end_delay PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min 0.000 [s] Max 30.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the final rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down.
PAGE 150
Parameters List of parameters p1135[0...n] OFF3 ramp-down time / OFF3 t_RD PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Min 0.000 [s] Max 5400.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time from the maximum speed down to zero speed for the OFF3 command.
PAGE 151
Parameters List of parameters p1138[0...n] CI: Up ramp scaling / Up ramp scaling Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the up ramp. Dependency: Refer to: p1120 Note: The ramp-up time is set in p1120. p1139[0...
PAGE 152
Parameters List of parameters BI: p1140 = 0 signal: Inhibits the ramp-function generator (the ramp-function generator output is set to zero). BI: p1140 = 1 signal: Ramp-function generator enable. Dependency: Refer to: r0054, p1141, p1142 Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p1141[0...
PAGE 153
Parameters List of parameters Notice: The ramp-function generator is, independent of the state of the signal source, active in the following cases: - OFF1/OFF3. - ramp-function generator output within the suppression bandwidth. - ramp-function generator output below the minimum speed. p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 154
Parameters List of parameters p1143[0...n] BI: Ramp-function generator, accept setting value / RFG accept set v Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for accepting the setting value of the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 155
Parameters List of parameters p1148[0...n] Description: Ramp-function gen. tolerance for ramp-up and ramp-down active / RFG tol HL/RL act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3060, 3070 Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 1000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 19.800 [rpm] Sets the tolerance value for the status of the ramp-function generator (ramp-up active, ramp-down active).
PAGE 156
Parameters List of parameters 03 05 06 11 13 14 15 r1199.0...8 Fixed setpoint bit 3 Inhibit negative direction Inhibit positive direction Setpoint inversion Motorized potentiometer raise Motorized potentiometer lower Bypass ramp-function generator Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3010 3040 3040 3040 3020 3020 3060, 3070 CO/BO: Ramp-function generator status word / RFG ZSW Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 157
Parameters List of parameters For U/f control (p1300 < 20), the following applies: The speed can only be sensed for values above approx. 5 % of the rated motor speed. For lower speeds, it is assumed that the motor is at a standstill. If p1200 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1200 have been changed by a parameter that was set when the drive was commissioned (e.g. p0300).
PAGE 158
Parameters List of parameters p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 10 [%] Max 4000 [%] Factory setting 150 [%] Description: Sets the factor for the search speed for flying restart. The value influences the rate at which the output frequency is changed during a flying restart .
PAGE 159
Parameters List of parameters 11 12 13 r1205.0...15 Stop after positive direction Stop after negative direction No result Yes Yes Yes No No No - CO/BO: Flying restart vector control status / FlyRest vector st Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 160
Parameters List of parameters 6: 14: 16: 26: Dependency: Restart after fault with additional start attempts Restart after line supply failure following man. acknowledgment Restart after fault following manual acknowledgment Acknowledging all faults and reclosing for an ON command The automatic restart requires an active ON command (e.g., via a digital input). If, for p1210 > 1, there is no active ON command, then the automatic restart is interrupted.
PAGE 161
Parameters List of parameters As long as a fault is present, an acknowledge command is generated in the time intervals of p1212 / 2. When successfully acknowledged, the start counter is decremented. If, after this, a fault re-occurs before a restart has been completed, then acknowledgement starts again from the beginning. Fault F07320 is output if, after several faults occur, the number of parameterized start attempts has been reached. After a successful start attempt, i.e.
PAGE 162
Parameters List of parameters Re index 1: The start counter (refer to r1214) is only set back to the starting value p1211 if, after successful restart, the time in p1213[1] has expired. The delay time is not effective for fault acknowledgement without automatic restart (p1210 = 1). After a power failure (blackout) the delay time only starts after the line supply returns and the Control Unit boots.
PAGE 163
Parameters List of parameters Re bits 12 ... 15: Actual state of the start counter (binary coded). Re bit 04 in addition: For p1210 = 26, the system waits in this state until the switch-on command is available. p1226[0...n] Description: Threshold for zero speed detection / n_standst n_thresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 2701 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.
PAGE 164
Parameters List of parameters p1228 Description: Pulse suppression delay time / Pulse suppr t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 299.000 [s] Factory setting 0.010 [s] Sets the delay time for pulse suppression.
PAGE 165
Parameters List of parameters Re p1231 = 14: In addition to the function for p1231 = 5, binector input p1230 is evaluated. DC braking is only automatically activated when the speed threshold p1234 is fallen below if binector input p1230 = 1 signal. This is also the case, if no OFF command is present. After demagnetization and after the time in p1233 has expired, the drive changes back into normal operation or is switched-off (for OFF1/OFF3).
PAGE 166
Parameters List of parameters r1239.8...13 CO/BO: DC braking status word / DCBRK ZSW Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Status word of the DC braking.
PAGE 167
Parameters List of parameters p1240[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (vector control) / Vdc_ctr config vec PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the controller configuration of the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the closed-loop control mode. For U/f control: see p1280.
PAGE 168
Parameters List of parameters p1243[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor / Vdc_max dyn_factor PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min 1 [%] Max 10000 [%] Factory setting 100 [%] Description: Sets the dynamic factor for the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_max controller).
PAGE 169
Parameters List of parameters p1247[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min dyn_factor PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min 1 [%] Max 10000 [%] Factory setting 300 [%] Description: Sets the dynamic factor for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 170
Parameters List of parameters p1251[0...n] Vdc controller integral time / Vdc_ctrl Tn PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 0 [ms] Description: Sets the integral time for the DC-link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
PAGE 171
Parameters List of parameters Notice: If a time threshold has been parameterized, the Vdc_max controller should also be activated (p1240 = 3) so that the drive does not shut down with overvoltage when Vdc_min control is exited (due to the time violation) and in the event of fault response OFF3. It is also possible to increase the OFF3 ramp-down time p1135. p1256[0...
PAGE 172
Parameters List of parameters r1261.0...7 CO/BO: Bypass control/status word / Bypass STW / ZSW Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Control and feedback signals of the bypass switch.
PAGE 173
Parameters List of parameters p1265 Bypass speed threshold / Bypass n_thresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 1480.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed threshold to activate the bypass. Note: When selecting p1260 = 3 and p1267.1 = 1, the bypass is automatically activated when this speed is reached.
PAGE 174
Parameters List of parameters p1274[0...1] Bypass switch monitoring time / Switch t_monit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [ms] Max 5000 [ms] Factory setting 1000 [ms] Description: Sets the monitoring time for the bypass switch. Index: [0] = Switch motor/drive [1] = Switch motor/line supply Note: The monitoring is de-activated with p1274 = 0 ms.
PAGE 175
Parameters List of parameters The following measures are suitable to improve the Vdc_min controller: - Optimize the Vdc_min controller (see p1287). - Activate the Vdc correction in the current controller (p1810 bit 1 = 1). If a braking resistor is connected to the DC link (p0219 > 0), then the Vdc_max control is automatically deactivated.
PAGE 176
Parameters List of parameters p1285[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) (U/f) / Vdc_min on_level PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 65 [%] Max 150 [%] Factory setting 76 [%] Description: Sets the switch-in level for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 177
Parameters List of parameters p1291[0...n] Vdc controller integral time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Tn PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320 Min 0 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 40 [ms] Description: Sets the integral time for the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller). p1292[0...
PAGE 178
Parameters List of parameters Note: Re p1296 = 1: The quick stop ramp entered in p1135 must not be equal to zero, to prevent overcurrent shutdown if F07406 is triggered. p1297[0...n] Vdc_min controller speed threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min n_thresh PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 50.
PAGE 179
Parameters List of parameters p1300[0...n] Open-loop/closed-loop control operating mode / Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1690, 6300 Min 0 Max 20 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the open and closed-loop control mode of a drive.
PAGE 180
Parameters List of parameters p1310[0...n] Description: Voltage boost permanent / U_boost perm Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1690, 6300 Min 0.0 [%] Max 250.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] Defines the voltage boost as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305).
PAGE 181
Parameters List of parameters p1312[0...n] Description: Voltage boost when starting / U_boost starting Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1690, 6300 Min 0.0 [%] Max 250.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Setting for an additional voltage boost when powering-up, however, only for the first acceleration phase.
PAGE 182
Parameters List of parameters p1335[0...n] Slip compensation scaling / Slip comp scal PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1690, 6310 Min 0.0 [%] Max 600.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Description: Sets the setpoint for slip compensation in [%] referred to r0330 (motor rated slip). p1335 = 0.0 %: Slip compensation de-activated. p1335 = 100.
PAGE 183
Parameters List of parameters r1337 CO: Actual slip compensation / Slip comp act val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the actual compensated slip [%] referred to r0330 (rated motor slip). Dependency: p1335 > 0 %: Slip compensation active. Refer to: p1335 p1338[0...
PAGE 184
Parameters List of parameters Notice: When de-activating the I_max controller, the following must be carefully observed: When the maximum current (r0067) is exceeded, the output current is no longer reduced, however, overcurrent alarm messages are generated. The drive is shut down if the overcurrent limit (r0209) is exceeded. Note: The I_max limiting controller becomes ineffective if the ramp-function generator is de-activated with p1122 = 1.
PAGE 185
Parameters List of parameters p1346[0...n] I_max voltage controller integral time / I_max_U_ctrl Tn Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1690 Min 0.000 [s] Max 50.000 [s] Factory setting 0.030 [s] Description: Sets the integral time for the I_max voltage controller.
PAGE 186
Parameters List of parameters Note: Re bit 19, 20: When this bit is set, speed overshoots when accelerating along the torque limit and for load surges are reduced. Re bit 20: The acceleration model for the speed setpoint is only active if p1496 is not zero. p1400[0...n] Speed control configuration / n_ctrl config PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 187
Parameters List of parameters p1402[0...n] Closed-loop current control and motor model configuration / I_ctrl config Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the closed-loop control and the motor model. Bit field: Bit 02 r1407.0...
PAGE 188
Parameters List of parameters p1416[0...n] Speed setpoint filter 1 time constant / n_set_filt 1 T Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1700, 6030 Min 0.00 [ms] Max 5000.00 [ms] Factory setting 0.00 [ms] Description: Sets the time constant for the speed setpoint filter 1 (PT1).
PAGE 189
Parameters List of parameters Note: p1463[0...n] Description: If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition p1464, then the controller gain below p1465 is adapted with p1461. This means that an adaptation can be implemented for low speeds without having to change the controller parameters.
PAGE 190
Parameters List of parameters r1469 Description: p1470[0...n] Speed controller integral time effective / n_ctr Tn eff Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5040, 5042, 6040 Min - [ms] Max - [ms] Factory setting - [ms] Displays the effective integral time of the speed controller.
PAGE 191
Parameters List of parameters p1496[0...n] Acceleration pre-control scaling / a_prectrl scal PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1700, 6031 Min 0.0 [%] Max 10000.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for the acceleration pre-control of the speed/velocity controller.
PAGE 192
Parameters List of parameters p1517[0...n] Accelerating torque smoothing time constant / M_accel T_smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6060 Min 0.00 [ms] Max 100.00 [ms] Factory setting 4.00 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the accelerating torque. Note: The acceleration pre-control is inhibited if the smoothing is set to the maximum value.
PAGE 193
Parameters List of parameters p1530[0...n] Power limit motoring / P_max mot Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6640 Min 0.00 [kW] Max 100000.00 [kW] Factory setting 0.00 [kW] Description: Sets the power limit when motoring. Dependency: Refer to: p0500, p1531 Note: The power limit is limited to 300% of the rated motor power. p1531[0...
PAGE 194
Parameters List of parameters r1537[0...1] Description: Current limit minimum torque-generating current / Isq_min Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6640, 6710 Min - [Arms] Max - [Arms] Factory setting - [Arms] Displays the minimum limit for the torque-generating current component. Index 0 indicates the signal limited by the Vdc controller.
PAGE 195
Parameters List of parameters p1553[0...n] Stall limit scaling / Stall limit scal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 80.0 [%] Max 130.0 [%] Factory setting 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling of the stall limit for the start of field weakening.
PAGE 196
Parameters List of parameters p1574[0...n] Voltage reserve dynamic / U_reserve dyn PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6723, 6724 Min 0.0 [Vrms] Max 150.0 [Vrms] Factory setting 10.0 [Vrms] Description: Sets a dynamic voltage reserve.
PAGE 197
Parameters List of parameters Note: It only makes sense to activate this function if the dynamic response requirements of the speed controller are low. In order to avoid oscillations, if required, the speed controller parameters should be adapted (increase Tn, reduce Kp). Further, the smoothing time of the flux setpoint filter (p1582) should be increased. p1582[0...
PAGE 198
Parameters List of parameters p1610[0...n] Description: Torque setpoint static (SLVC) / M_set static Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1710, 6721, 6722, 6726 Min -200.0 [%] Max 200.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] Sets the static torque setpoint for sensorless vector control (SLVC). This parameter is entered as a percentage referred to the rated motor torque (r0333).
PAGE 199
Parameters List of parameters p1616[0...n] Description: Current setpoint smoothing time / I_set T_smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6721, 6722 Min 4 [ms] Max 10000 [ms] Factory setting 40 [ms] Sets the smoothing time for the current setpoint. The current setpoint is generated from p1610 and p1611. Note: r1623[0...
PAGE 200
Parameters List of parameters p1715[0...n] Description: Current controller P gain / I_ctrl Kp Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6714 Min 0.000 Max 100000.000 Factory setting 0.000 Sets the proportional gain of the current controller. This value is automatically pre-set using p3900 or p0340 when commissioning has been completed. p1717[0...
PAGE 201
Parameters List of parameters r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 1630, 5714, 6714, 5718 Min - [Vrms] Max - [Vrms] Factory setting - [Vrms] Description: Displays the direct-axis voltage setpoint Ud. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 r1733[0...
PAGE 202
Parameters List of parameters p1749[0...n] Description: Motor model increase changeover speed encoderless operation / Incr n_chng no enc Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 99.0 [%] Factory setting 50.0 [%] Minimum operating frequency for rugged operation.
PAGE 203
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 6 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: For a blocked motor (see p2175, p2177) the time condition in p1758 is bypassed and a change is not made into open-loop controlled operation. Re bit 7 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: If the changeover limits are parameterized too low (p1755, p1756), then they are automatically increased to rugged values by the absolute amount p1749 * p1755.
PAGE 204
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 6 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: For a blocked motor (see p2175, p2177) the time condition in p1758 is bypassed and a change is not made into open-loop controlled operation. Re bit 7 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: If the changeover limits are parameterized too low (p1755, p1756), then they are automatically increased to rugged values by the absolute amount p1749 * p1755.
PAGE 205
Parameters List of parameters Re bit 6 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: For a blocked motor (see p2175, p2177) the time condition in p1758 is bypassed and a change is not made into open-loop controlled operation. Re bit 7 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: If the changeover limits are parameterized too low (p1755, p1756), then they are automatically increased to rugged values by the absolute amount p1749 * p1755.
PAGE 206
Parameters List of parameters p1755[0...n] Motor model changeover speed encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgSnsorl Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 210000.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed to change over the motor model to encoderless operation.
PAGE 207
Parameters List of parameters p1764[0...n] Description: p1767[0...n] Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Kp / MotMod woE n_adaKp Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6730 Min 0.000 Max 100000.000 Factory setting 1000.000 Sets the proportional gain of the controller for speed adaptation without encoder.
PAGE 208
Parameters List of parameters p1775[0...n] Motor model offset voltage compensation beta / MotMod offs comp B Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min -5.000 [V] Max 5.000 [V] Factory setting 0.000 [V] Description: Sets the offset voltage in the beta direction; this compensates the offset voltages of the drive converter/inverter at low speeds.
PAGE 209
Parameters List of parameters p1784[0...n] Motor model feedback scaling / MotMod fdbk scal Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 1000.0 [%] Factory setting 0.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for model fault feedback.
PAGE 210
Parameters List of parameters Note: The maximum possible pulse frequency is also determined by the power unit being used. When the pulse frequency is increased, depending on the particular power unit, the maximum output current can be reduced (derating, refer to r0067). If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3), then the pulse frequency cannot be set below the minimum value required for the filter.
PAGE 211
Parameters List of parameters p1802 = 10 can only be set for power units PM230 and PM240 and for r0204.15 = 0. Refer to: p0230, p0500 Note: When modulation modes are enabled that could lead to overmodulation (p1802 = 0, 2, 10), the modulation depth must be limited using p1803 (default, p1803 = 98%). The higher the overmodulation, the greater the current ripple and torque ripple.
PAGE 212
Parameters List of parameters p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 19 Factory setting 9 Description: Sets the modulator mode.
PAGE 213
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Default setting PM260: 103 %. Refer to: p0500 Note: p1803 = 100% is the overcontrol limit for space vector modulation (for an ideal drive converter without any switching delay). p1803[0...n] Maximum modulation depth / Modulat depth max PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723 Min 20.0 [%] Max 150.
PAGE 214
Parameters List of parameters r1809 CO: Modulator mode actual / Modulator mode act PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 9 Factory setting - Description: Displays the effective modulator mode.
PAGE 215
Parameters List of parameters p1822 Description: Power unit line phases monitoring tolerance time / PU ph monit t_tol Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 500 [ms] Max 540000 [ms] Factory setting 500 [ms] Sets the tolerance time for line phase monitoring for blocksize power units.
PAGE 216
Parameters List of parameters p1829 Compensation valve lockout time phase V / Comp t_lock ph V PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [µs] Max 7.80 [µs] Factory setting 0.00 [µs] Description: Sets the valve lockout time to compensate for phase V.
PAGE 217
Parameters List of parameters p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement / MotID and rot meas PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM240 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the motor data identification and speed controller optimization.
PAGE 218
Parameters List of parameters p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement / MotID and rot meas PM330 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the motor data identification and speed controller optimization. The motor identification should first be performed with the motor stationary (p1900 = 1, 2; also refer to p1910).
PAGE 219
Parameters List of parameters p1901 Test pulse evaluation configuration / Test puls config PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 PM240 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the test pulse evaluation. Bit 00: Check for conductor-to-conductor short circuit once/always when the pulses are enabled.
PAGE 220
Parameters List of parameters r1902 Description: Test pulse evaluation status / Test puls ev stat Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the status of the test pulse evaluation. Short-circuit test: Bit 0: The short-circuit test was executed without any fault. Bit 1: A phase short circuit has been detected.
PAGE 221
Parameters List of parameters Note: The following applies to permanent-magnet synchronous motors: Without de-selection in bit 11, in the closed-loop control mode, the direct inductance LD and the quadrature inductance Lq are measured at a low current. When de-selecting with bit 11 or in the U/f mode, the stator inductance is measured at half the rated motor current. If the stator is inductance is not measured but is to be estimated, then bit 0 should be set and bit 11 should be deselected.
PAGE 222
Parameters List of parameters p1910 Motor data identification selection / MotID selection PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 26 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the motor data identification routine. The motor data identification routine is carried out after the next power-on command.
PAGE 223
Parameters List of parameters r1913[0...2] Identified rotor time constant / T_rotor ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [ms] Max - [ms] Factory setting - [ms] Description: Displays the identified rotor time constant. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1914[0...
PAGE 224
Parameters List of parameters r1926[0...2] Identified effective valve lockout time / t_lock_valve id Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [µs] Max - [µs] Factory setting - [µs] Description: Displays the identified effective valve lockout time. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1927[0...
PAGE 225
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 01 02 03 04 12 Signal name Saturation characteristic identification Moment of inertia identification Re-calculates the speed controller parameters Speed controller optimization (vibration test) Measurement shortened 1 signal Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No FP - Yes Yes No No - Dependency: Refer to: F07988 Note: The following parameters are influenced for the individual optimization steps: Bit 01: p0320, p0360, p0362 ...
PAGE 226
Parameters List of parameters p1961 Saturation characteristic speed to determine / Sat_char n determ PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 26 [%] Max 75 [%] Factory setting 40 [%] Description: Sets the speed to determine the saturation characteristic. The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency).
PAGE 227
Parameters List of parameters p1967 Speed_ctrl_opt dynamic factor / n_opt dyn_factor Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 [%] Max 400 [%] Factory setting 100 [%] Description: Sets the dynamic response factor for speed controller optimization.
PAGE 228
Parameters List of parameters p1974 Speed_ctrl_opt saturation characteristic maximum rotor flux / n_opt rotflux_max Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 104 [%] Max 120 [%] Factory setting 120 [%] Description: Sets the maximum flux setpoint to measure the saturation characteristic.
PAGE 229
Parameters List of parameters p2002 Description: Reference current / I_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.10 [Arms] Max 100000.00 [Arms] Factory setting 100.00 [Arms] Sets the reference quantity for currents. All currents specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 230
Parameters List of parameters Example: The actual value of the total torque (r0079) is connected to a test socket (e.g. p0771[0]). The actual torque is cyclically converted into a percentage of the reference torque (p2003) and output according to the parameterized scaling. r2004 Description: Reference power / P_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 231
Parameters List of parameters p2011 Comm IF address / Comm add Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 31 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the address for the commissioning interface (USS, RS232). Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p2016[0...
PAGE 232
Parameters List of parameters 12: 13: Notice: 115200 baud 187500 baud For p0014 = 1, the following applies: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. For p0014 = 0, the following applies: Before a changed setting becomes permanently effective, a non-volatile RAM to ROM data save is required. To do this, set p0971 = 1 or p0014 = 1.
PAGE 233
Parameters List of parameters If p2030 = 8 (P1), the following applies: Min./max./factory setting: 1/99/99 p2022 Field bus int USS PZD no. / Field bus USS PZD CU230P-2_BT Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2_HVAC Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PZD part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
PAGE 234
Parameters List of parameters p2025[0...3] Fieldbus interface BACnet settings / BACnet setting CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU230P-2_HVAC Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 4194303 Factory setting [0] 1 [1] 1 [2] 3 [3] 127 Description: Sets the communication parameters for BACnet. p2025[0]: Device object instance number (0 ... 4194303). p2025[1]: Maximum number of info frames (1 ...
PAGE 235
Parameters List of parameters r2029[0...7] Field bus int error statistics / Field bus error CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 CU230P-2_HVAC Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the receive errors on the field bus interface (RS485).
PAGE 236
Parameters List of parameters p2030 Field bus int protocol selection / Field bus protocol CU230P-2_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 3 Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
PAGE 237
Parameters List of parameters p2037 PROFIdrive STW1.10 = 0 mode / PD STW1.10=0 CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the processing mode for PROFIdrive STW1.10 "master control by PLC". Generally, control world 1 is received with the first receive word (PZD1) (this is in conformance to the PROFIdrive profile).
PAGE 238
Parameters List of parameters p2040 Fieldbus interface monitoring time / Fieldbus t_monit CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU230P-2_HVAC Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_PN Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [ms] Max 1999999 [ms] Factory setting 100 [ms] Description: Sets the monitoring time to monitor the process data received via the fieldbus interface.
PAGE 239
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r2043 Refer to: F01910 p2047 PROFIBUS additional monitoring time / PB suppl t_monit CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Min 0 [ms] Max 20000 [ms] Factory setting 0 [ms] Description: Sets the additional monitoring time to monitor the process data received via PROFIBUS.
PAGE 240
Parameters List of parameters [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2051[0...13] CI: PROFIdrive PZD send word / PZD send word CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2089[0] [1] 63[0] [2...
PAGE 241
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Signal name Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 1 signal ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON r2054 PROFIBUS status / PB status CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 242
Parameters List of parameters r2060[0...10] CO: PROFIdrive PZD receive double word / PZD recv DW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2468 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with double word format received from the fieldbus controller.
PAGE 243
Parameters List of parameters r2063[0...12] PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send double word / Diag send DW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with double word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
PAGE 244
Parameters List of parameters r2067[0...1] Description: PZD maximum interconnected / PZDmaxIntercon Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display for the maximum interconnected PZD in the receive/send direction Index 0: receive (r2050, r2060) Index 1: send (p2051, p2061) r2074[0...
PAGE 245
Parameters List of parameters r2076[0...13] PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / Diag offs send CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive send telegram (controller input).
PAGE 246
Parameters List of parameters For p0922 = 999 and p2079 < 999 the following applies: The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited. However, the telegram can be extended. p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 247
Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Bit 0 [1] = Bit 1 [2] = Bit 2 [3] = Bit 3 [4] = Bit 4 [5] = Bit 5 [6] = Bit 6 [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2081[0...
PAGE 248
Parameters List of parameters [4] = Bit 4 [5] = Bit 5 [6] = Bit 6 [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 249
Parameters List of parameters [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 250
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083, r2089 r2089[0...
PAGE 251
Parameters List of parameters r2090.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD1 receive bit-serial / PZD1 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD1 (normally control word 1) received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 r2091.0...
PAGE 252
Parameters List of parameters r2092.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial / PZD3 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received from the PROFIdrive controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 r2093.0...
PAGE 253
Parameters List of parameters r2094.0...15 Description: BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468 Min - Max - Factory setting - Binector output for bit-serial onward interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller. The PZD is selected via p2099[0].
PAGE 254
Parameters List of parameters p2098[0...1] Description: Inverter connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Setting to invert the individual binector outputs of the connector-binector converter. Using p2098[0], the signals of CI: p2099[0] are influenced.
PAGE 255
Parameters List of parameters Notice: For the following cases, it is not possible to re-parameterize the fault response to a fault: - if there is no existing fault number. - the message type is not "fault" (F). Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been resolved. p2101[0...19] Setting the fault response / Fault response Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 256
Parameters List of parameters p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2441, 2442, 2443, 2447, 2475, 2546, 9220, 9677, 9678 Min - Max - Factory setting [0] 2090.7 [1] 722.2 [2] 2090.7 [3] 2090.7 Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults.
PAGE 257
Parameters List of parameters p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 1. Dependency: Refer to: F07860 Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal. p2107[0...
PAGE 258
Parameters List of parameters r2109[0...63] Fault time removed in milliseconds / t_flt resolved ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1750, 8060 Min - [ms] Max - [ms] Factory setting - [ms] Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault was removed.
PAGE 259
Parameters List of parameters The time comprises r2114[0] (milliseconds) and r2114[1] (days). After r2114[0] has reached a value of 86.400.000 ms (24 hours) this value is reset and r2114[1] is incremented. Index: [0] = Milliseconds [1] = Days Dependency: Refer to: r0948, r2109, r2123, r2125, r2130, r2136, r2145, r2146 Note: When the electronic power supply is switched out, the counter values are saved. After the drive unit is powered up, the counter continues to run with the last value that was saved.
PAGE 260
Parameters List of parameters p2119[0...19] Setting the message type / Message type Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1750, 8075 Min 1 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the message type for the selected fault or alarm. Value: 1: 2: 3: Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
PAGE 261
Parameters List of parameters r2122[7], r2124[7], r2123[7], r2125[7] --> Alarm 8 (the latest) When the alarm buffer is full, the alarms that have gone are entered into the alarm history: r2122[8], r2124[8], r2123[8], r2125[8] --> Alarm 1 (the latest) ... r2122[63], r2124[63], r2123[63], r2125[63] --> alarm 56 (the oldest) r2123[0...63] Alarm time received in milliseconds / t_alarm recv ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 262
Parameters List of parameters Notice: It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode of a fault in the following cases: - Fault number does not exist. - Message type is not "fault" (F). Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been resolved. p2127[0...19] Sets acknowledgement mode / Acknowledge mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 263
Parameters List of parameters 10 11 12 13 14 15 Dependency: Trigger signal p2128[10] Trigger signal p2128[11] Trigger signal p2128[12] Trigger signal p2128[13] Trigger signal p2128[14] Trigger signal p2128[15] ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF - If one of the faults or alarms selected in p2128[n] occurs, then the particular bit of this binector output is set. Refer to: p2128 Note: CO: r2129 = 0 --> None of the selected messages has occurred.
PAGE 264
Parameters List of parameters r2134[0...63] Alarm value for float values / Alarm value float Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm for float values.
PAGE 265
Parameters List of parameters r2139.0...12 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1530, 2548 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the first status word of faults and alarms.
PAGE 266
Parameters List of parameters p2142[0...n] Hysteresis speed 1 / n_hysteresis 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 300.00 [rpm] Factory setting 2.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the signal "f or n / v comparison value reached or exceeded" (BO: r2199.1).
PAGE 267
Parameters List of parameters p2148[0...n] Description: BI: RFG active / RFG active Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8011 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source for the signal "ramp-function generator active" for the following signals/messages: "Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_on" (BO: r2199.
PAGE 268
Parameters List of parameters p2151[0...n] Description: CI: Speed setpoint for messages/signals / n_set for msg Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8010 Min - Max - Factory setting 1170[0] Sets the signal source for the speed setpoint for the following messages: "Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 269
Parameters List of parameters p2161[0...n] Speed threshold 3 / n_thresh val 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 5.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed threshold value for the signal "|n_act| < speed threshold value 3" (BO: r2199.0). Dependency: Refer to: p2150, r2199 p2162[0...
PAGE 270
Parameters List of parameters p2166[0...n] Off delay n_act = n_set / t_del_off n_i=n_so Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8010 Min 0.0 [ms] Max 10000.0 [ms] Factory setting 200.0 [ms] Description: Sets the switch-off delay time for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_off" signal/message (BO: r2197.7).
PAGE 271
Parameters List of parameters p2172[0...n] Description: DC link voltage threshold value / Vdc thresh val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min 0 [V] Max 2000 [V] Factory setting 800 [V] Sets the DC link voltage threshold value for the following messages: "Vdc_act <= Vdc_threshold p2172" (BO: r2197.9) "Vdc_act > Vdc_threshold p2172" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 272
Parameters List of parameters p2178[0...n] Motor stalled delay time / Mot stall t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8012 Min 0.000 [s] Max 10.000 [s] Factory setting 0.010 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for the message "Motor stalled" (BO: r2198.7).
PAGE 273
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: The following applies: p2182 < p2183 < p2184 Refer to: p2183, p2184, p2185, p2186 Note: In order that the load monitoring can reliably respond, the speed threshold p2182 should always be set lower than the minimum motor speed to be monitored. p2183[0...n] Load monitoring speed threshold value 2 / n_thresh 2 Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 274
Parameters List of parameters p2186[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 1 lower / M_thresh 1 lower Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min 0.00 [Nm] Max 20000000.00 [Nm] Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring. Dependency: The following applies: p2186 < p2185 Refer to: p2182, p2185 Note: p2187[0..
PAGE 275
Parameters List of parameters p2190[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 3 lower / M_thresh 3 lower Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min 0.00 [Nm] Max 20000000.00 [Nm] Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring. Dependency: The following applies: p2190 < p2189 Refer to: p2184, p2189 Note: p2192[0..
PAGE 276
Parameters List of parameters 11 13 Notice: Output load is not present |n_act| > n_max (F07901) Yes Yes No No 8020 - Re bit 06: When the overspeed is reached, this bit is set and F07901 output immediately following this. The bit is canceled again as soon as the next pulse inhibit is present. Note: Re bit 00: The threshold value is set in p1080 and the hysteresis in p2150. Re bit 01, 02: The threshold value is set in p2155 and the hysteresis in p2140.
PAGE 277
Parameters List of parameters r2199.0...5 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 3 / ZSW monitor 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1530, 2537 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the third status word for monitoring functions.
PAGE 278
Parameters List of parameters p2203[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 3 / Tec_ctr fix val 3 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 30.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 3 of the technology controller.
PAGE 279
Parameters List of parameters p2208[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 8 / Tec_ctr fix val 8 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 80.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 8 of the technology controller.
PAGE 280
Parameters List of parameters p2213[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 13 / Tec_ctr fix val 13 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 130.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 13 of the technology controller.
PAGE 281
Parameters List of parameters p2221[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 1 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the fixed value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2220, p2222, p2223 p2222[0...
PAGE 282
Parameters List of parameters r2229 Technology controller number actual / Tec_ctrl No. act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of the selected fixed setpoint of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: r2224 p2230[0...
PAGE 283
Parameters List of parameters r2231 Description: Technology controller motorized potentiometer setpoint memory / Tec_ctrl mop mem Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Displays the setpoint memory for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. For p2230.0 = 1, the last setpoint that was saved is entered after ON.
PAGE 284
Parameters List of parameters p2238[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer minimum value / Tec_ctrl mop min Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting -100.00 [%] Description: Sets the minimum value for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2237 p2240[0...
PAGE 285
Parameters List of parameters p2248[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Tec_ctrMop t_rdown Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954 Min 0.0 [s] Max 1000.0 [s] Factory setting 10.0 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 286
Parameters List of parameters p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller.
PAGE 287
Parameters List of parameters r2260 CO: Technology controller setpoint after ramp-function generator / Tec_ctr set aftRFG Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958 Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Sets the setpoint after the ramp-function generator of the technology controller.
PAGE 288
Parameters List of parameters r2266 CO: Technology controller actual value after filter / Tec_ctr act aftFlt Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func.
PAGE 289
Parameters List of parameters 2: 3: Square function (x * x) Cube function (x * x * x) Dependency: Refer to: p2264, p2265, p2267, p2268, p2269, p2271 p2271 Technology controller actual value inversion (sensor type) / Tech_ctrl act inv Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to invert the actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 290
Parameters List of parameters p2280 Technology controller proportional gain / Tec_ctrl Kp Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min 0.000 Max 1000.000 Factory setting 1.000 Description: Sets the proportional gain (P component) of the technology controller. Note: p2280 = 0: The proportional gain is disabled.
PAGE 291
Parameters List of parameters Caution: The maximum limit must always be greater than the minimum limit (p2291 > p2292). p2292 CO: Technology controller minimum limiting / Tec_ctrl min_lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 0.00 [%] Description: Sets the minimum limit of the technology controller.
PAGE 292
Parameters List of parameters p2297[0...n] CI: Technology controller maximum limit signal source / Tec_ctrMaxLimS_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min - Max - Factory setting 1084[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the maximum limiting of the technology controller.
PAGE 293
Parameters List of parameters p2306 Description: Technology controller fault signal inversion / Tec_ctrl fault inv Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Setting to invert the fault signal of the technology controller. The setting depends on the type of control loop.
PAGE 294
Parameters List of parameters Notice: Dependent upon the application, the changing over of the setpoint when fault F07426 occurs can lead to the fault condition disappearing and the re-activation of the technology controller. This can repeat itself and cause limit oscillations. In this case, a different fault response or a different fixed setpoint 15 for the fault response p2345 = 2 should be selected.
PAGE 295
Parameters List of parameters p2371 Description: Closed-loop cascade control configuration / Csc_ctrl config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Parameter for configuring the connection and disconnection of external motors to and from the line voltage.
PAGE 296
Parameters List of parameters Re p2372 = 2: Motor selection for switching-in/switching-out is derived from the operating hours counter p2380. When switchingin, the motor with the least operating hours is connected. When switching-out, the motor with the most operating hours is disconnected. In addition, those motors which have been in operation continuously for longer than the time set in p2381 are interchanged automatically.
PAGE 297
Parameters List of parameters p2376 Closed-loop cascade control overcontrol threshold / Csc_ctr ovctr_thr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: - Min 0.0 [%] Max 200.0 [%] Factory setting 25.0 [%] Description: Threshold value for instantaneous switching-in or switching-out external motors.
PAGE 298
Parameters List of parameters p2380[0...2] Description: Closed-loop cascade control operating hours / Csc_ctrl op_hrs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.0 [h] Max 340.28235E36 [h] Factory setting 0.0 [h] Displays the operating hours for the external motors. The display can only be reset to zero.
PAGE 299
Parameters List of parameters p2384 Description: Closed-loop cascade control motor switch-on delay / Csc_ctr t_del_on Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.000 [s] Max 999.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Delay time once the switch-in conditions have been met until the external motor is switched on.
PAGE 300
Parameters List of parameters p2391[0...n] Energy-saving mode delay time / En_sav t_delay Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [s] Max 3599 [s] Factory setting 120 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for the energy-saving mode function.
PAGE 301
Parameters List of parameters p2395[0...n] Description: Energy-saving mode boost speed / En_sav n_boost Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min 0.000 [rpm] Max 21000.000 [rpm] Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] Sets the boost speed for the energy-saving mode function.
PAGE 302
Parameters List of parameters p2398 Energy-saving mode / En_save mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the operating mode for the energy-saving mode function.
PAGE 303
Parameters List of parameters Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set. Note: The value can be used to interconnect a scaling function (e.g. scaling of the main setpoint) p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%] Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021 Min -10000.
PAGE 304
Parameters List of parameters p3110 External fault 3 power-up delay / Ext fault 3 t_on Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min 0 [ms] Max 1000 [ms] Factory setting 0 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for external fault 3. Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3111, p3112 Refer to: F07862 p3111[0...
PAGE 305
Parameters List of parameters 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 10 11 15 p3117 Description: DC link overvoltage Fault drive converter power electronics Drive converter overtemperature Ground fault Motor overload Bus error External safety-relevant shutdown Error communication internal Fault infeed Other faults Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No - Change safety message type / Ch.
PAGE 306
Parameters List of parameters p3231[0...n] Load monitoring speed deviation / Load monit n_dev Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min 0.00 [rpm] Max 210000.00 [rpm] Factory setting 150.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the permissible speed deviation during load monitoring (for p2193 = 2).
PAGE 307
Parameters List of parameters p3320[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine power point 1 / Fluid_mach P1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 25.00 For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the characteristic is required.
PAGE 308
Parameters List of parameters Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. p3323[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine speed point 2 / Fluid_mach n2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 25.
PAGE 309
Parameters List of parameters Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. p3327[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine speed point 4 / Fluid_mach n4 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 Max 100.00 Factory setting 75.
PAGE 310
Parameters List of parameters p3331[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 2 / 2/3 wire cmd 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for command 2 for the two-wire control/three-wire control.
PAGE 311
Parameters List of parameters p3856[0...n] Compound braking current / Compound I_brake PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.00 [%] Max 250.00 [%] Factory setting 0.
PAGE 312
Parameters List of parameters Note: ESM: Essential Service Mode Permissible signal sources: - BO: r0722.x (high active) - BO: r0723.x (low active), x = 0 ... 5, 11, 12 p3881 ESM setpoint source / ESM setp_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7033 Min 0 Max 7 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the setpoint source for essential service mode (ESM).
PAGE 313
Parameters List of parameters p3883 Description: BI: ESM direction of rotation signal source / ESM rot dir s s Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7033 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source for the direction of rotation during essential service mode (ESM). p3883 = 1 signal: Direction of rotation of the setpoint, parameterized for essential service mode, is reversed.
PAGE 314
Parameters List of parameters Note: ESM: Essential Service Mode The parameter is automatically reset to zero after the counter has been reset. r3889.0...9 CO/BO: ESM status word / ESM ZSW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7033 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the essential service mode (ESM).
PAGE 315
Parameters List of parameters r3925[0...n] Identification final display / Ident final_disp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the commissioning steps that have been carried out.
PAGE 316
Parameters List of parameters 12 14 15 16 17 De-activate rotor resistance Rr measurement De-activate valve interlocking time measurement Determine only stator resistance, valve voltage fault, dead time Short motor identification (lower quality) Measurement without control parameter calculation Yes No - Yes No - Yes No - Yes Yes No No - Dependency: Refer to: r3925 Note: The parameter is a copy of p1909. r3928[0...
PAGE 317
Parameters List of parameters 09 10 11 12 13 r3930[0...4] Description: Alternating U_generate to determine stator resistance Alternating U_generate to determine rotor time constant Alternating U_generate to determine leakage inductance Alternating U_generate to determine dyn.
PAGE 318
Parameters List of parameters r3978 Description: BICO CounterDevice / BICO CounterDevice Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the counter reading for modified BICO interconnections on this device. The counter is incremented by one for each modified BICO interconnection.
PAGE 319
Parameters List of parameters r3988[0...1] Description: Boot state / Boot_state Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 800 Factory setting - Index 0: Displays the boot state.
PAGE 320
Parameters List of parameters r3996[0...1] Description: Parameter write inhibit status / Par_write inhib st Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays whether writing to parameters is inhibited. r3996[0] = 0: Parameter write not inhibited. 0 < r3996[0] < 100: Parameter write inhibited. The value shows how the calculations are progressing.
PAGE 321
Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 Dependency: Refer to: r4022 Note: DI: Digital Input r4047 PM330 digital outputs status / PM330 DO status CU230P-2_BT (PM330) Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - CU230P-2_CAN (PM330) Signal name DI 0 (X9.1, external alarm) DI 1 (X9.2, external fault) DI 2 (X9.
PAGE 322
Parameters List of parameters p4096 PM330 digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / PM330 DI sim setp CU230P-2_BT (PM330) Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_CAN (PM330) Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 323
Parameters List of parameters p5606[0...1] Pe energy-saving mode dwell time maximum / Pe t_dwell max CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 [ms] Max 4294967295 [ms] Factory setting 4294967295 [ms] Description: Sets the maximum dwell time for the energy-saving mode.
PAGE 324
Parameters List of parameters p5614 BI: Pe set switch-on inhibit signal source / Pe sw on_inh s_src CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to set in the PROFIdrive state S1 "switching-on inhibit". Dependency: Refer to: r5613 Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles r7758[0...
PAGE 325
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p7761, p7765, p7766, p7767, p7768 Note: KHP: Know-How Protection Re bit 00: Write protection can be activated/deactivated via p7761 on the Control Unit. Re bit 01: The know-how protection can be activated by entering a password (p7766 ... p7768). Re bit 02: If it has already been activated, know-how protection can be temporarily deactivated by entering the valid password in p7766. In this case, bit 1 = 0 and bit 2 = 1 offset.
PAGE 326
Parameters List of parameters p7764[0...n] KHP OEM exception list / KHP OEM excep list Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: p7763 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting [0] 7766 [1...499] 0 Description: OEM exception list (p7764[0...n] for setting parameters that should be excluded from know-how protection. p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1 Dependency: The number of indices depends on p7763.
PAGE 327
Parameters List of parameters Note: KHP: Know-How Protection When reading, p7766[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed. Parameters with the "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute are not involved in the know-how protection. Parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute can be read even when know-how protection is activated. A product-specific list of these parameters is also available in the corresponding List Manual. p7767[0...
PAGE 328
Parameters List of parameters For NVRAM data actions, the following data are excluded: - Crash diagnostics - CU operating hours counter - CU temperature - Safety logbook Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: Inactive NVRAM data backup to memory card Import NVRAM data from the memory card Delete NVRAM data in the device Error when clearing Error when backing up, memory card not available Error when backing up, insufficient memory space Error when backing up Error when importing, memory card n
PAGE 329
Parameters List of parameters r7843[6] = 69 dec --> ASCII characters = "E" --> serial number, character 7 r7843[7] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 8 ... r7843[19] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 20 r7843[20] = 0 dec Serial number = 111923E r7901[0...75] Description: Sampling times / t_sample Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 330
Parameters List of parameters p8401[0...2] RTC date / RTC date Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 9999 Factory setting [0] 1 [1] 1 [2] 1970 Description: Sets and displays the date on the real-time clock in year, month, and day.
PAGE 331
Parameters List of parameters p8409 Description: RTC DTC activation / RTC DTC act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Sets the activation/de-activation of the parameters for timers DTC1, DTC2, DTC3. For p8409 = 0, the following applies: DTC1 parameters p8410, p8411, p8412 are inactive and can be set. Binector output r8413.0 = 0.
PAGE 332
Parameters List of parameters p8411[0...1] Description: RTC DTC1 switch-on time / RTC DTC1 t_ON Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 59 Factory setting 0 Setting of the switch-on time in hours and minutes for time switch 1 (DTC1). BO: r8413 = 1 signal: The condition for the set weekday (p8410) and switch-on time has been fulfilled. Index: [0] = Hour (0 ...
PAGE 333
Parameters List of parameters p8420[0...6] Description: RTC DTC2 weekday of activation / RTC DTC2 day act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Sets the weekday on which timer 2 is activated (DTC2). The switch-on/off time is set in p8421/p8422 and the result displayed via binector output r8423.
PAGE 334
Parameters List of parameters r8423.0...1 Description: BO: RTC DTC2 output / RTC DTC2 output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Display and binector output for the output of timer 2 (DTC2). Where a weekday is de-activated, the following applies (p8420): - The binector output for this timer is inactive (r8423.0 = 0).
PAGE 335
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8409, p8430, r8433 Notice: This parameter can only be changed when p8409 = 0. Note: DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock p8432[0...1] Description: RTC DTC3 off time / RTC DTC3 t_OFF Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 336
Parameters List of parameters r8571[0...39] Macro Binector Input (BI) / Macro BI Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory. Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running. r8572[0...
PAGE 337
Parameters List of parameters r8601 CAN error register / Error register CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the error register for CANopen. Bit 0: Generic error 0 signal: No error present. 1 signal: Generic error present. Bit 1 ...
PAGE 338
Parameters List of parameters p8604[0...1] CAN life guarding / Life guarding CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the life guarding parameter for the following CANopen objects: - 100C hex: Guard Time - 100D hex: Life Time Factor The life time is derived by multiplying guard time by the life time factor.
PAGE 339
Parameters List of parameters - 9 hex: Pattern - F hex: All others Bits 24 ... 27: Month of manufacture (0 means January, B means December) Bits 28 ... 31: Year of manufacture (0 means 2002) p8608[0...1] CAN Clear Bus Off Error / Clear bus off err CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 340
Parameters List of parameters p8611[0...82] CAN Pre-defined Error Field / Pre_def err field CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0000 hex Max FFFF 1000 hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Displays the Pre-defined Error Field of the CAN node.
PAGE 341
Parameters List of parameters For p0014 = 0, the following applies: Before a changed setting becomes permanently effective, a non-volatile RAM to ROM data save is required. To do this, set p0971 = 1 or p0014 = 1. Note: Every node ID change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. The active node ID is displayed in r8621. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
PAGE 342
Parameters List of parameters p8623[0...7] CAN Bit Timing selection / Bit timing select CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 343
Parameters List of parameters Index 2 (parameter area): 0: 1 ... 9999 1: 10000 ... 19999 2: 20000 ... 29999 3: 30000 ... 39999 Index: [0] = Drive object number [1] = Sub-index range [2] = Parameter range p8641 CAN Abort Connection Option Code / Abort con opt code CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 344
Parameters List of parameters p8685 CAN NMT states / NMT states CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 129 Factory setting 127 Description: Sets and displays the CANopen NMT state. Value: 0: 4: 5: 127: 128: 129: Note: The value 0 (initialization) is only displayed and cannot be set.
PAGE 345
Parameters List of parameters p8701[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 2 / Receive PDO 2 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206 Min 0000 hex Max 8000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] 8000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 2 (RPDO 2).
PAGE 346
Parameters List of parameters p8704[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 5 / Receive PDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204 Min 0000 hex Max 8000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] 8000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 5 (RPDO 5).
PAGE 347
Parameters List of parameters p8707[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 8 / Receive PDO 8 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204 Min 0000 hex Max 8000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] 8000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 8 (RPDO 8).
PAGE 348
Parameters List of parameters p8712[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 3 / Mapping RPDO 3 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 3 (RPDO 3).
PAGE 349
Parameters List of parameters p8715[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 6 / Mapping RPDO 6 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 6 (RPDO 6).
PAGE 350
Parameters List of parameters p8720[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 1 / Transmit PDO 1 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 Min 0000 hex Max C000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 1 (TPDO 1).
PAGE 351
Parameters List of parameters p8722[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 3 / Transmit PDO 3 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 Min 0000 hex Max C000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 3 (TPDO 3).
PAGE 352
Parameters List of parameters p8724[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 5 / Transmit PDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208 Min 0000 hex Max C000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 5 (TPDO 5).
PAGE 353
Parameters List of parameters p8726[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 7 / Transmit PDO 7 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208 Min 0000 hex Max C000 06DF hex Factory setting [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 7 (TPDO 7).
PAGE 354
Parameters List of parameters p8730[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 1 / Mapping TPDO 1 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 1 (TPDO 1).
PAGE 355
Parameters List of parameters [2] = Mapped object 3 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A03 hex. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid. p8734[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 5 / Mapping TPDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 356
Parameters List of parameters p8737[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 8 / Mapping TPDO 8 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 8 (TPDO 8).
PAGE 357
Parameters List of parameters Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5805 hex Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5806 hex Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5807 hex Index 8 corresponds to the CANopen object 5808 hex Index 9 corresponds to the CANopen object 5809 hex Index 10 corresponds to the CANopen object 580A hex Index 11 corresponds to the CANopen object 580B hex Index 12 corresponds to the CANopen object 580C hex Index 13 corresponds to the CANopen object 580D hex Index 14 correspon
PAGE 358
Parameters List of parameters r8747[0...7] CO: CAN free PZD receive objects 32 bit / Free PZD recv 32 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Access to free PZD receive objects 32 bit using the SDO transfer. An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
PAGE 359
Parameters List of parameters r8750[0...15] CAN mapped 16-bit receive objects / RPDO 16 mapped CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the mapped 16-bit receive CANopen objects in the process data buffer. Example: If, e.g.
PAGE 360
Parameters List of parameters [2] = PZD 3 + 4 [3] = PZD 4 + 5 [4] = PZD 5 + 6 [5] = PZD 6 + 7 [6] = PZD 7 + 8 [7] = PZD 8 + 9 [8] = PZD 9 + 10 [9] = PZD 10 + 11 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 [11...14] = Reserved r8761[0...14] CAN mapped 32-bit transmit objects / TPDO 32 mapped CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 361
Parameters List of parameters 08 09 10 11 12 14 15 Note: Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8785) Control request Target reached Torque limit reached Velocity equal to zero Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8786) Can be freely interconnected (BI: p8787) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No - Corresponds to CANopen object 6041 hex.
PAGE 362
Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r2050, r2090, r2091, r2092, r2093, r8750, r8795 Note: The following BICO interconnections are automatically established if the CANopen control word is mapped at one of the locations x = 0 ... 3 in the receive process data buffer. BI: p0840.0 = r209x.0 BI: p0844.0 = r209x.1 BI: p0848.0 = r209x.2 BI: p0852.0 = r209x.3 BI: p2103.0 = r209x.7 The write access is rejected if a CANopen control word is not mapped at one of these locations.
PAGE 363
Parameters List of parameters 04 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 14 15 Ramp-function generator enable Continue ramp-function generator Speed setpoint enable Acknowledge fault Stop Freely interconn Freely interconn Freely interconn Freely interconn Freely interconn Dependency: Refer to: p8790 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 6040 hex.
PAGE 364
Parameters List of parameters The internal velocity is calculated as follows: n_set_internal = object 6094.1 / object 6094.2 * 1/(p0408 * 2^p0418) * n_set_bus Index: [0] = Counter [1] = Denominator r8854 PROFINET state / PN state CU230P-2_PN Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting - Description: State display for PROFINET.
PAGE 365
Parameters List of parameters r8909 PN device ID / PN device ID CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the PROFINET Device ID. Every SINAMICS device type has its own PROFINET Device ID and its own PROFINET GSD.
PAGE 366
Parameters List of parameters p8922[0...3] PN Default Gateway of Station / PN Def Gateway CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the default gateway for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. The active default gateway is displayed in r8932.
PAGE 367
Parameters List of parameters r8931[0...3] PN IP Address of Station active / PN IP of Stat act CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting - Description: Displays the active IP address for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. r8932[0...
PAGE 368
Parameters List of parameters 20507 hex: CU250D-2 PN V4.5 20508 hex: CU250D-2 PN V4.6 p8980 Ethernet/IPprofile / Eth/IP profile CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the profile for Ethernet/IP. Value: 0: 1: Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
PAGE 369
Parameters List of parameters p8991 USB memory access / USB mem acc Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Selects the storage medium for access via the USB mass storage. Value: 1: 2: Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. Memory card Flash r/w internal The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
PAGE 370
Parameters List of parameters r9401 Safely remove memory card status / Mem_card rem stat Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status of the memory card.
PAGE 371
Parameters List of parameters r9407[0...19] Description: PS file parameter index parameter not transferred / PS parameter index Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the first index of the parameters that could not be transferred when the parameter backup files (PS files) were read from the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
PAGE 372
Parameters List of parameters r9451[0...29] Units changeover adapted parameters / Unit_chngov par Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the parameters whose parameter would have to be changed during a units changeover.
PAGE 373
Parameters List of parameters Note: The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 (BICO-coded). The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count (r9485) and the first index (r9486). r9925[0...99] Firmware file incorrect / FW file incorr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 374
Parameters List of parameters p9932 Save system logbook EEPROM / SYSLOG EEPROM save Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 0 Description: Only for service purposes. r9935.0 BO: POWER ON delay signal / POWER ON t_delay Description: Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 375
Parameters List of parameters p11000 Description: BI: Free tec_ctrl 0 enable / Ftec0 enab Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the free technology controller 0. 1 signal: The technology controller is switched in. 0 signal: The technology controller is switched out.
PAGE 376
Parameters List of parameters 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: Dependency: inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg Only units of parameters with unit group 9_2 can be changed over using this parameter. Refer to: p11027 p11027 Description: Free tec_ctrl 0 unit reference quantity / Ftec0 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min 0.01 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 1.
PAGE 377
Parameters List of parameters p11057 Free tec_ctrl 0 setpoint ramp-up time / Ftec0 setp t_r-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the free technology controller 0. Dependency: Refer to: p11058 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 378
Parameters List of parameters p11067 Free tec_ctrl 0 actual value upper limit / Ftec0 act v up lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_2 Unit selection: p11026 Func. diagram: 7030 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 379
Parameters List of parameters p11074 Free tec_ctrl 0 differentiation time constant / Ftec0 D comp T Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.000 [s] Max 60.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the free technology controller 0. Note: Value = 0: Differentiation is de-activated.
PAGE 380
Parameters List of parameters p11093 Free tec_ctrl 0 limit ramp-up/ramp-down time / Ftec0 lim r-u/r-dn Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.00 [s] Max 100.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up and ramp-down time for the maximum and minimum limit (p11091, p11092) of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 381
Parameters List of parameters p11100 Description: BI: Free tec_ctrl 1 enable / Ftec1 enab Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the free technology controller 1. 1 signal: The technology controller is switched in. 0 signal: The technology controller is switched out.
PAGE 382
Parameters List of parameters 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: Dependency: inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg Only units of parameters with unit group 9_3 can be changed over using this parameter. Refer to: p11127 p11127 Description: Free tec_ctrl 1 unit reference quantity / Ftec1 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.01 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 1.
PAGE 383
Parameters List of parameters p11157 Free tec_ctrl 1 setpoint ramp-up time / Ftec1 setp t_r-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the free technology controller 1. Dependency: Refer to: p11158 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 384
Parameters List of parameters p11167 Free tec_ctrl 1 actual value upper limit / Ftec1 act v up lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_3 Unit selection: p11126 Func. diagram: 7030 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 385
Parameters List of parameters p11174 Free tec_ctrl 1 differentiation time constant / Ftec1 D comp T Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.000 [s] Max 60.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the free technology controller 1. Note: Value = 0: Differentiation is de-activated.
PAGE 386
Parameters List of parameters p11193 Free tec_ctrl 1 limit ramp-up/ramp-down time / Ftec1 lim r-u/r-dn Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.00 [s] Max 100.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up and ramp-down time for the maximum and minimum limit (p11191, p11192) of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 387
Parameters List of parameters p11200 Description: BI: Free tec_ctrl 2 enable / Ftec2 enab Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the free technology controller 2. 1 signal: The technology controller is switched in. 0 signal: The technology controller is switched out.
PAGE 388
Parameters List of parameters 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: Dependency: inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg Only units of parameters with unit group 9_4 can be changed over using this parameter. Refer to: p11227 p11227 Description: Free tec_ctrl 2 unit reference quantity / Ftec2 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.01 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 1.
PAGE 389
Parameters List of parameters p11257 Free tec_ctrl 2 setpoint ramp-up time / Ftec2 setp t_r-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.00 [s] Max 650.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the free technology controller 2. Dependency: Refer to: p11258 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 390
Parameters List of parameters p11267 Free tec_ctrl 2 actual value upper limit / Ftec2 act v up lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_4 Unit selection: p11226 Func. diagram: 7030 Min -200.00 [%] Max 200.00 [%] Factory setting 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 391
Parameters List of parameters p11274 Free tec_ctrl 2 differentiation time constant / Ftec2 D comp T Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.000 [s] Max 60.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the free technology controller 2. Note: Value = 0: Differentiation is de-activated.
PAGE 392
Parameters List of parameters p11293 Free tec_ctrl 2 limit ramp-up/ramp-down time / Ftec2 lim r-u/r-dn Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min 0.00 [s] Max 100.00 [s] Factory setting 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up and ramp-down time for the maximum and minimum limit (p11291, p11292) of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 393
Parameters List of parameters r20001[0...9] Run-time group sampling time / RTG sampling time Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [ms] Max - [ms] Factory setting - [ms] Description: Displays the current sampling time of the run-time group 0 to 9.
PAGE 394
Parameters List of parameters p20033 AND 0 run sequence / AND 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 10 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 0 within the run-time group set in p20032. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 395
Parameters List of parameters p20037 AND 1 run sequence / AND 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 20 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 1 within the run-time group set in p20036. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 396
Parameters List of parameters p20041 AND 2 run sequence / AND 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2710 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 30 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 2 within the run-time group set in p20040. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 397
Parameters List of parameters p20045 AND 3 run sequence / AND 3 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 40 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 3 within the run-time group set in p20044. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 398
Parameters List of parameters p20049 OR 0 run sequence / OR 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 60 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 0 within the run-time group set in p20048. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 399
Parameters List of parameters p20053 OR 1 run sequence / OR 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 70 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 1 within the run-time group set in p20052. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 400
Parameters List of parameters p20057 OR 2 run sequence / OR 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 80 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 2 within the run-time group set in p20056. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 401
Parameters List of parameters p20061 OR 3 run sequence / OR 3 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 90 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 3 within the run-time group set in p20060. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 402
Parameters List of parameters p20065 XOR 0 run sequence / XOR 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 110 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 0 within the run-time group set in p20064. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 403
Parameters List of parameters p20069 XOR 1 run sequence / XOR 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 120 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 1 within the run-time group set in p20068. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 404
Parameters List of parameters p20073 XOR 2 run sequence / XOR 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 130 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 2 within the run-time group set in p20072. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 405
Parameters List of parameters Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20078 BI: NOT 0 input I / NOT 0 input I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 0 of the inverter.
PAGE 406
Parameters List of parameters r20083 BO: NOT 1 inverted output / NOT 1 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 1 of the inverter. p20084 NOT 1 run-time group / NOT 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 407
Parameters List of parameters p20088 NOT 2 run-time group / NOT 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 2 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 408
Parameters List of parameters 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20093 NOT 3 run sequence / NOT 3 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 190 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 3 within the run-time group set in p20092.
PAGE 409
Parameters List of parameters p20097 ADD 0 run sequence / ADD 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 210 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 0 within the run-time group set in p20096. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 410
Parameters List of parameters p20102[0...1] CI: SUB 0 inputs / SUB 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source of minuend X1 and subtrahend X2 of instance SUB 0 of the subtractor.
PAGE 411
Parameters List of parameters r20107 CO: SUB 1 difference Y / SUB 1 difference Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the difference Y = X1 - X2 of instance SUB 1 of the subtractor.
PAGE 412
Parameters List of parameters p20112 MUL 0 run-time group / MUL 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance MUL 0 of the multiplier is to be called.
PAGE 413
Parameters List of parameters p20117 MUL 1 run sequence / MUL 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 280 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MUL 1 within the run-time group set in p20116. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 414
Parameters List of parameters p20122 DIV 0 run sequence / DIV 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 300 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DIV 0 within the run-time group set in p20121. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 415
Parameters List of parameters p20127 DIV 1 run sequence / DIV 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 310 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DIV 1 within the run-time group set in p20126. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 416
Parameters List of parameters p20132 AVA 0 run sequence / AVA 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 340 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AVA 0 within the run-time group set in p20131. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 417
Parameters List of parameters p20137 AVA 1 run sequence / AVA 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 350 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AVA 1 within the run-time group set in p20136. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 418
Parameters List of parameters p20142 MFP 0 run sequence / MFP 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 370 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MFP 0 within the run-time group set in p20141. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 419
Parameters List of parameters p20147 MFP 1 run sequence / MFP 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 380 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MFP 1 within the run-time group set in p20146. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 420
Parameters List of parameters p20152 PCL 0 run sequence / PCL 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 400 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PCL 0 within the run-time group set in p20151. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 421
Parameters List of parameters p20157 PCL 1 run sequence / PCL 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 410 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PCL 1 within the run-time group set in p20156. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 422
Parameters List of parameters p20162 PDE 0 run sequence / PDE 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 430 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 0 within the run-time group set in p20161. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 423
Parameters List of parameters p20167 PDE 1 run sequence / PDE 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 440 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 1 within the run-time group set in p20166. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 424
Parameters List of parameters p20172 PDF 0 run sequence / PDF 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 460 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDF 0 within the run-time group set in p20171. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 425
Parameters List of parameters p20177 PDF 1 run sequence / PDF 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 470 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDF 1 within the run-time group set in p20176. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 426
Parameters List of parameters p20182 PST 0 run sequence / PST 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 490 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PST 0 within the run-time group set in p20181. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 427
Parameters List of parameters p20187 PST 1 run sequence / PST 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 500 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PST 1 within the run-time group set in p20186. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 428
Parameters List of parameters p20192 RSR 0 run sequence / RSR 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 520 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance RSR 0 within the run-time group set in p20191. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 429
Parameters List of parameters p20197 RSR 1 run sequence / RSR 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 530 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance RSR 1 within the run-time group set in p20196. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 430
Parameters List of parameters p20202 DFR 0 run sequence / DFR 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 550 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance DFR 0 within the run-time group set in p20201. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 431
Parameters List of parameters p20207 DFR 1 run sequence / DFR 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 560 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group of instance DFR 1 within the run-time group set in p20206.
PAGE 432
Parameters List of parameters p20212 BSW 0 run sequence / BSW 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 580 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance BSW 0 within the run-time group set in p20211. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 433
Parameters List of parameters p20217 BSW 1 run sequence / BSW 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 590 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance BSW 1 within the run-time group set in p20216. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 434
Parameters List of parameters p20222 NSW 0 run sequence / NSW 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 610 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NSW 0 within the run-time group set in p20221. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 435
Parameters List of parameters p20227 NSW 1 run sequence / NSW 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 620 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NSW 1 within the run-time group set in p20226. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 436
Parameters List of parameters r20233 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 0 QL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 0 of limiter QL (lower limit reached), i.e. QL = 1 for X <= LL.
PAGE 437
Parameters List of parameters p20238 Description: r20239 LIM 1 lower limit value LL / LIM 1 lower lim LL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Setting parameter for the lower limit value LL of instance LIM 1 of the limiter.
PAGE 438
Parameters List of parameters p20243 LIM 1 run sequence / LIM 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 650 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LIM 1 within the run-time group set in p20242. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 439
Parameters List of parameters p20248 PT1 0 run-time group / PT1 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element is to be called.
PAGE 440
Parameters List of parameters r20253 CO: PT1 1 output Y / PT1 1 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the smoothed output quantity Y of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 441
Parameters List of parameters p20258 INT 0 lower limit value LL / INT 0 lower lim LL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Sets the lower limit value LL of instance INT 0 of the integrator.
PAGE 442
Parameters List of parameters p20264 INT 0 run-time group / INT 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance INT 0 of the integrator is to be called.
PAGE 443
Parameters List of parameters p20269 LVM 0 hyst HY / LVM 0 hyst HY Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for hysteresis HY of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.
PAGE 444
Parameters List of parameters p20274 LVM 0 run sequence / LVM 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min 0 Max 7999 Factory setting 720 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LVM 0 within the run-time group set in p20273. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 445
Parameters List of parameters r20280 Description: r20281 BO: LVM 1 input quantity within interval QM / LVM 1 X within QM Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that the input quantity X lies within the interval.
PAGE 446
Parameters List of parameters p20285 DIF 0 differentiating time constant in ms / DIF 0 T_diff ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min 0.00 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.00 Description: Sets the differentiating time constant Td in milliseconds of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element.
PAGE 447
Parameters List of parameters r20301 BO: NOT 4 inverted output / NOT 4 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 4 of the inverter. p20302 NOT 4 run-time group / NOT 4 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 448
Parameters List of parameters p20306 NOT 5 run-time group / NOT 5 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min 1 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 5 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 449
Parameters List of parameters Value: 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20311 ADD 2 run sequence / ADD 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 800 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 2 within the run-time group set in p20310.
PAGE 450
Parameters List of parameters p20316 NCM 0 run-time group / NCM 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min 5 Max 9999 Factory setting 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator is to be called.
PAGE 451
Parameters List of parameters r20321 Description: BO: NCM 1 output QL / NCM 1 output QL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameter for binary quantity QL of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator. QL is only set if X0 < X1.
PAGE 452
Parameters List of parameters r20326 BO: RSR 2 inverted output QN / RSR 2 inv outp QN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for inverted output QN of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop. p20327 RSR 2 run-time group / RSR 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 453
Parameters List of parameters r20331 BO: DFR 2 inverted output QN / DFR 2 inv outp QN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop. p20332 DFR 2 run-time group / DFR 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 454
Parameters List of parameters r20336 BO: PDE 2 output Q / PDE 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device. p20337 PDE 2 run-time group / PDE 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 455
Parameters List of parameters r20341 BO: PDE 3 output Q / PDE 3 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device. p20342 PDE 3 run-time group / PDE 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 456
Parameters List of parameters r20346 BO: PDF 2 output Q / PDF 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device. p20347 PDF 2 run-time group / PDF 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 457
Parameters List of parameters r20351 BO: PDF 3 output Q / PDF 3 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device. p20352 PDF 3 run-time group / PDF 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 458
Parameters List of parameters r20356 BO: MFP 2 output Q / MFP 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator. p20357 MFP 2 run-time group / MFP 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 459
Parameters List of parameters r20361 BO: MFP 3 output Q / MFP 3 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator. p20362 MFP 3 run-time group / MFP 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 460
Parameters List of parameters p20374[0...19] PLI 0 X-coordinate, A breakpoint / PLI 0 X-coordinate Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 Min -340.28235E36 Max 340.28235E36 Factory setting 0.0000 Description: Sets the x-coordinates for the breakpoints (A0...A19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.
PAGE 461
Parameters List of parameters p20376 PLI 0 run-time group / PLI 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 462
Parameters List of parameters [8] = Breakpoint 8 [9] = Breakpoint 9 [10] = Breakpoint 10 [11] = Breakpoint 11 [12] = Breakpoint 12 [13] = Breakpoint 13 [14] = Breakpoint 14 [15] = Breakpoint 15 [16] = Breakpoint 16 [17] = Breakpoint 17 [18] = Breakpoint 18 [19] = Breakpoint 19 p20381[0...19] PLI 1 Y-coordinate, B breakpoint / PLI 1 Y-coordinate Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 463
Parameters List of parameters p20383 PLI 1 run sequence / PLI 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 Min 0 Max 32000 Factory setting 990 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PLI 1 within the run-time group set in p20382. Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value.
PAGE 464
Parameters List of parameters Re p31021 = 2: The lowest value setting ensures that the actual values of the two zones remain above their respective setpoint. p31022 Multi-zone control for actual value processing / Zone_ctrl act proc Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 465
Parameters List of parameters r31024 CO: Multi-zone control setpoint output / Zone_ctrl set outp Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min - [%] Max - [%] Factory setting - [%] Description: Displays the relevant setpoint at the multi-zone control output.
PAGE 466
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3 Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3.1 Command data sets (CDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: CDS 1-466 p0641[0...n] CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select bit 0 p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select bit 1 p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1) p0844[0...
PAGE 467
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p1144[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator setting value / RFG setting value p1201[0...n] BI: Flying restart enable signal source / Fly_res enab S_src p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge p2105[0...n] BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1 p2107[0...
PAGE 468
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3.2 Drive data sets (DDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: DDS 1-468 p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1 p1002[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 2 / n_set_fixed 2 p1003[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 3 / n_set_fixed 3 p1004[0...
PAGE 469
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p1226[0...n] Threshold for zero speed detection / n_standst n_thresh p1240[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (vector control) / Vdc_ctr config vec p1243[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor / Vdc_max dyn_factor p1245[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level p1247[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min dyn_factor p1249[0...
PAGE 470
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1-470 p1521[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower / M_max lower p1530[0...n] Power limit motoring / P_max mot p1531[0...n] Power limit regenerative / P_max gen p1553[0...n] Stall limit scaling / Stall limit scal p1570[0...n] CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp p1574[0...n] Voltage reserve dynamic / U_reserve dyn p1580[0...n] Efficiency optimization / Efficiency opt. p1582[0...n] Flux setpoint smoothing time / Flux setp T_smth p1584[0...
PAGE 471
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p2166[0...n] Off delay n_act = n_set / t_del_off n_i=n_so p2167[0...n] Switch-on delay n_act = n_set / t_on n_act=n_set p2170[0...n] Current threshold value / I_thres p2171[0...n] Current threshold value reached delay time / t_del I_thresh rch p2172[0...n] DC link voltage threshold value / Vdc thresh val p2173[0...n] DC link voltage comparison delay time / t_del Vdc p2175[0...n] Motor blocked speed threshold / Mot lock n_thresh p2177[0...
PAGE 472
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview p2930[0...n] 1-472 CO: Fixed value M [Nm] / Fixed value M [Nm] p3231[0...n] Load monitoring speed deviation / Load monit n_dev p3233[0...n] Torque actual value filter time constant / M_act_filt T p3320[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 1 / Fluid_mach P1 p3321[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 1 / Fluid_mach n1 p3322[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 2 / Fluid_mach P2 p3323[0...
PAGE 473
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3.3 Motor data sets (MDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: MDS p0133[0...n] Motor configuration / Motor config p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel p0301[0...n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel p0304[0...n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated p0305[0...n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated p0306[0...n] Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty p0307[0...
PAGE 474
Parameters Command and drive data sets - overview 1.3.4 r0374[0...n] Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold r0376[0...n] Rated motor rotor resistance / Mot R_rotor rated r0377[0...n] Motor leakage inductance total / Mot L_leak total r0382[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance transformed / Mot L_magn transf r0384[0...n] Motor rotor time constant / damping time constant d axis / Mot T_rotor/T_Dd r0386[0...n] Motor stator leakage time constant / Mot T_stator leak r0395[0...
PAGE 475
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.1 Binector inputs (BI) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: BI p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1 p0732 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 2 / CU S_src DO 2 p0782[0...
PAGE 476
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1-476 p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge p2105[0...n] BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1 p2107[0...n] BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2 p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3 p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1 p2116[0...
PAGE 477
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p20153 BI: PCL 1 input pulse I / PCL 1 inp_pulse I p20158 BI: PDE 0 input pulse I / PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20163 BI: PDE 1 input pulse I / PDE 1 inp_pulse I p20168 BI: PDF 0 input pulse I / PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs p20183[0...1] BI: PST 1 inputs / PST 1 inputs p20188[0...1] BI: RSR 0 inputs / RSR 0 inputs p20193[0...
PAGE 478
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.2 Connector inputs (CI) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: CI p0641[0...n] 1-478 CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var p0771[0...1] CI: CU analog outputs signal source / CU AO S_src p1042[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer automatic setpoint / Mop auto setpoint p1044[0...n] CI: Motorized potentiometer setting value / Mop set val p1051[0...
PAGE 479
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p20094[0...3] CI: ADD 0 inputs / ADD 0 inputs p20098[0...3] CI: ADD 1 inputs / ADD 1 inputs p20102[0...1] CI: SUB 0 inputs / SUB 0 inputs p20106[0...1] CI: SUB 1 inputs / SUB 1 inputs p20110[0...3] CI: MUL 0 inputs / MUL 0 inputs p20114[0...3] CI: MUL 1 inputs / MUL 1 inputs p20118[0...1] CI: DIV 0 inputs / DIV 0 inputs p20123[0...
PAGE 480
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.3 Binector outputs (BO) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: BO r0751.0...10 1-480 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word r0785.0...1 BO: CU analog outputs status word / CU AO ZSW r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active r1025.0 BO: Fixed speed setpoint status / n_setp_fix status r2043.0...2 BO: PROFIdrive PZD state / PD PZD state r2090.0...
PAGE 481
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r20200 BO: DFR 0 inverted output QN / DFR 0 inv outp QN r20204 BO: DFR 1 output Q / DFR 1 output Q r20205 BO: DFR 1 inverted output QN / DFR 1 inv outp QN r20210 BO: BSW 0 output Q / BSW 0 output Q r20215 BO: BSW 1 output Q / BSW 1 output Q r20232 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 0 QU r20233 BO: LIM 0 input quantity at the lower limit QL / LIM 0 QL r20240 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 1 QU r20241 B
PAGE 482
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.
PAGE 483
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r1024 CO: Fixed speed setpoint effective / n_set_fixed eff r1045 CO: Mot. potentiometer speed setp. in front of ramp-fct. gen. / Mop n_set bef RFG r1050 CO: Motor. potentiometer setpoint after the ramp-function generator / Mop setp after RFG r1073 CO: Main setpoint effective / Main setpoint eff r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective / Suppl setpoint eff r1078 CO: Total setpoint effective / Total setpoint eff p1083[0...
PAGE 484
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1-484 p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 p2206[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 6 / Tec_ctr fix val 6 p2207[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 7 / Tec_ctr fix val 7 p2208[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 8 / Tec_ctr fix val 8 p2209[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 9 / Tec_ctr fix val 9 p2210[0...
PAGE 485
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p11291 CO: Free tec_ctrl 2 limit maximum / Ftec2 lim max p11292 CO: Free tec_ctrl 2 limit minimum / Ftec2 lim min r11294 CO: Free tec_ctrl 2 output signal / Ftec2 out_sig r20095 CO: ADD 0 output Y / ADD 0 output Y r20099 CO: ADD 1 output Y / ADD 1 output Y r20103 CO: SUB 0 difference Y / SUB 0 difference Y r20107 CO: SUB 1 difference Y / SUB 1 difference Y r20111 CO: MUL 0 product Y / MUL 0 product Y r20115 CO: MUL 1 product Y / MUL 1 produ
PAGE 486
Parameters BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 1.4.5 Connector/binector outputs (CO/BO) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: CO/BO 1-486 r0046.0...31 CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig r0050.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective r0051.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS effective / DDS effective r0052.0...15 CO/BO: Status word 1 / ZSW 1 r0053.0...11 CO/BO: Status word 2 / ZSW 2 r0054.0...15 CO/BO: Control word 1 / STW 1 r0055.0...
PAGE 487
Parameters Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1.5.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK" The following list contains the parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute. These parameters are not affected by the write protection. Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng, Type: WRITE_NO_LOCK 1.5.2 p0003 Access level / Acc_level p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt p0124[0...
PAGE 488
Parameters Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 1.5.3 Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute. These parameters can also be read with activated know-how protection.
PAGE 489
Parameters Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) 1.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) The parameters required for the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) are shown in Table 1-10: . Table 1-10 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Par. no.
PAGE 490
Parameters Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Table 1-10 Par. no.
PAGE 491
Function diagrams 2 Contents 2.1 Table of contents, function diagrams 2-492 2.2 Explanations on the function diagrams 2-497 2.3 Overviews 2-502 2.4 Input/output terminals 2-506 2.5 PROFIenergy 2-514 2.6 PROFIdrive communication (PROFIBUS/PROFINET) 2-517 2.7 CANopen communication 2-532 2.8 Communication, fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus, BACnet) 2-539 2.9 Internal control/status words 2-546 2.10 Setpoint channel 2-564 2.11 Vector control 2-574 2.
PAGE 492
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 2.1 2.2 Table of contents, function diagrams Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-497 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-498 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-499 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 493
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 2468 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-529 2470 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-530 2472 – Status words, free interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-531 2.7 CANopen communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 494
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 2.10 Setpoint channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-564 3001 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-565 3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-566 3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 495
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 2.12 Technology functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-594 7017 – DC braking (p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-595 7030 – Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-596 7032 – Multi-zone control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 496
Function diagrams Table of contents, function diagrams 2.15 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-628 8005 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-629 8010 – Speed signals 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-630 8011 – Speed signals 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 497
Function diagrams Explanations on the function diagrams 2.
PAGE 498
Connectors Meaning Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with unit [Unit] and index range rxxxx[y..z] [y..z] or data set [C/D] © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) Parameter name from ...
PAGE 499
Fig. 2-2 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Symbols for logic functions Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions S 1 Logical inversion & AND element with logical inversion of an input signal Threshold value switch 1/0 1 y x Outputs at y a logical "1" if x < S. 0 S OR element 1 x1 Exclusiv-OR/XOR y =1 Outputs at y a logical "1" if x > S.
PAGE 500
Switch-on delay T T x 0 Simple changeover switch 0 0 y pxxxx © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) The switch position is shown according to the factory setting (in this case, switch position 1 in the default state on delivery). 1 The digital signal x must have the value "1" without any interruption during the time T before output y changes to "1".
PAGE 501
Fig. 2-4 1030 – Handling BICO technology © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Handling BICO technology Binector: r0723.15 Connector: r0723 Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques). Connectors are also "CO:" display parameters (CO = Connector Output).
PAGE 502
Function diagrams Overviews 2.
PAGE 503
Fig. 2-5 1690 – Vector control, V/f control © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Flying restart mode p1200 Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Slip compensation p1334, p1335 Speed actual value calculation [6310] [6320] Uf Res_damp gain p1338 [6310] n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] r1119 [6030.1] + Ramp-function generator + + + + + 60 I_max_ctrl f_outp [1/min] r1343 Mot PolePairNo act r0313 [D] [8016.
PAGE 504
r1170 [1550.
PAGE 505
Fig. 2-7 1710 – Vector control, current control © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 I_ctrl Kp p1715 I_ctrl Tn p1717 M_set [Nm] r0079 + – P iq controller M Iq I_ctrl Kp p1715 [6710] Current setpoint filter U_output max [Veff] r0071 [6722.1] [6723.4] [6724.4] Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (103.0) Efficiency opt. <1> 0 ... 100 [%] p1580 [D] (100) M_set static -200.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1610 [D] (50.0) M_suppl_accel 0.0 ...
PAGE 506
Function diagrams Input/output terminals 2.4 Input/output terminals Function diagrams 2221 – Digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) 2-507 2242 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2) 2-508 2251 – Analog inputs 0 ... 1 (AI 0 ... AI 1) 2-509 2252 – Analog input 2 (AI 2) 2-510 2256 – Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) 2-511 2261 – Analog outputs 0 ... 1 (AO 0 ...
PAGE 507
Fig. 2-8 or NPN Kl. 9 Kl. 28 +24 V OUT GND PNP Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 28 GND Kl. 69 DI COM 1 = Simulation on <1> Kl. 69 2221 – Digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 External power supply 24 V DC DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM CU DI simulation p0795.0 r0721.0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 1 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 p0796.0 T p0795.1 24 V Kl. 6 DI 1 Kl. 6 DI 1 DI 1 Kl.
PAGE 508
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 2242 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2) CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 0 0 p0730 (52.3) 1 <2> DO 0 -1 NC NO Kl. 18 Kl. 19 COM Kl. 20 CU DO inv p0748.1 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 1 0 p0731 (52.7) 2 -1 DO 1 NO Kl. 21 COM Kl. 22 CU DO inv p0748.2 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 2 0 p0732 (52.2) 4 DO 2 -1 NC NO Kl. 23 Kl. 24 COM Kl.
PAGE 509
Fig. 2-10 2251 – Analog inputs 0 ... 1 (AI 0 ... AI 1) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 <2> <3> <4> CU AI type 0 ... 8 p0756[0..3] (4) CU WireBrkThresh CU wire brk t_del 0.00 ... 20.00 0 ... 1000 [ms] p0761[0..3] (2.00) p0762[0..3] (100) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797[0..3] (0) 20 mA 20 mA 1 3 T CU AI status word r0751 0 F03505 "Wire breakage" 3 0 <2> CU AI U/I_inp act r0752 Current AI 0/1 U U U Voltage I Kl. 3 (Kl.
PAGE 510
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 20 mA 1 3 T F03505 "Wire breakage" I <2> CU AI U/I_inp act r0752[2] AI 2 TEMP ĸ ĺ I A + <1> D - <2> <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 (0.00) (0.00) p0757 [2] (0.000) p0759 [2] (10.000) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797 [2] (0)(0) Hardware smoothing 100 µs Type switching Analog input y2 x y CU AI char y1 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] (0.00) p0758 [2] (0.
PAGE 511
Fig. 2-12 2256 – Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 For Example: <1> Kl. 1 +10 V OUT Kl. 2 GND 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.11 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl. 3 Kl. 4 r0721.11 AI 0+ (DI11) AI 0- 1 0 0 p0796.11 r0721.12 Kl. 11 AI 1- 0 1 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.12 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 p0796.12 0 T 0 1 CU DI status r0722 r0722 .
PAGE 512
y1 Scaling x1x 100 % x2 Kl. 12 GND Voltage output AO 0+ A 4 mA Voltage output D y 0 … 10 V 2 0 … 10 V x2 x [%] % y x2 0 CU AO char y1 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (0)(0.000) p0778[0..1] <1> Smoothing x1 y2 x x1 1 0, 1 0 … 20 mA 0 <1> CU AO U/I_outp r0774[0] y Current output CU AO S_src p0771 [0] y (21[0]) <1> CU AO char y2 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] [0] (20) p0780[0..1] (20.000) Kl. 13 [%] Reference quantities p2000 … r2004 <2> CU AO absVal act CU AO T_smooth 0 ... 1 0.0 ... 1000.
PAGE 513
Fig. 2-14 2270 – Temperature evaluation LG-Ni1000/PT1000 (AI 3) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Kl. 52 <3> CU AI type 0 ... 8 p0756 [3] (4) (8) AI 3+/LG-NI1000 Hardware smoothing 100 µs <1> + LG-Ni1000 PT1000 Kl. 53 °C A D Type switching Analog input <2> <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 (0.00) (0.00) p0757 [3] (0.000) p0759 [3] (10.000) CU AI sim_mode 0 ...
PAGE 514
Function diagrams PROFIenergy 2.
PAGE 515
Fig.
PAGE 516
PROFIenergy State <1> POWER ON PROFIenergy Power OFF 2382 – States S1: Switching on inhibited PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 2 Off and no "Coast Stop" and no "Quick Stop" 1 = PE active "Coast Stop" or "Quick Stop" r5613.0 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.0 & 1 = PE inactive 1 1 S2: Ready for switching on © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 OFF A08800 PROFIenergy Energysaving mode active r5613.
PAGE 517
Function diagrams PROFIdrive communication (PROFIBUS/PROFINET) 2.
PAGE 518
Description Interconnectio n ... ... ... ... ... ... Receive telegram Header Permanently assigned telegrams [2440] ... [2442] Netto data Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Signal Description Interconnectio n ... ... ... ... ... ... Trailer LED Axxxxx Fxxxxx Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ... [2452] Interconnecting the free receive telegram [2410] PROFIBUS address, diagnostics PROFIdrive PZD1 PZD2 PZD telegr_sel p0922 ...
PAGE 519
Fig. 2-18 Drive-specific functions PB suppl t_monit 0 ... 20000 [ms] p2047 (0) Setting the PROFIBUS address PD PZD state r2043.0 T Monitoring functions Alarms Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 A01920 "PROFIBUS: Cyclic connection interrupted" t > t_response <1> PD fault delay No cyclic telegrams from the 0 ... 100 [s] master p2044 (0) t PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Faults p0918 T S Q ON 1..
PAGE 520
Standard telegrams Manufacturer-specific telegrams Interconnection is made according to Free telegram [2440] [2450] automatically 350 352 353 354 999 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 PZD2 NSOLL_A NIST_A NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL PZD3 IAIST_GL M_LIM IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL PZD4 MIST_GL STW3 ZSW3 <3> MIST_GL <3> MIST_GL PZD5 PIST_GL <3> WARN_CODE <3> WARN_CODE PZD6
PAGE 521
Fig. 2-20 <3> PROFIdrive receive telegram Header Signal ... Netto data Trailer Signal receivers for PZD receive signals r2090...r2095 Bit r2050[0...7] WORD Telegram assignment <4> according to p0922 [2420] <4> <1> <2> PROFIdrive Interconnection parameter Signal No. Meaning Function diagram Data type Scaling STW1 Control word 1 1 (bit serial) [2442] U16 - NSOLL_A Speed setpoint A (16-bit) 5 p1070 [3030.2] I16 4000 hex p2000 M_LIM Torque limit 310 p1552,p1554 [6060.
PAGE 522
2441 – STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Meaning Interconnection parameters STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.
PAGE 523
Fig. 2-22 <1> Meaning Interconnection parameters STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 524
Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted 2446 – STW3 control word interconnection © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 STW3.0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] - STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.2 1 = Fixed setp bit 2 p1022[0] = r2093.2 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.
PAGE 525
Fig. 2-24 Signal PZD send word 1...8 p2051[0...7] WORD r2053[0...7] WORD <1> PROFIdrive Interconnection Signal No. parameter Description Function diagram Data type Scaling ...
PAGE 526
Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <2> 2451 – ZSW1 status word interconnection (p2038 = 2) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 527
Fig. 2-26 Signal <1> Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <2> 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.3 1 = Fault present p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2548.
PAGE 528
Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] internal status word [Function diagram] signal source Inverted 2456 – ZSW3 status word interconnection © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 ZSW3.0 1 = DC brake active 0 = DC brake not active [2511.7] [7017.5] - ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.2 1 = |n_act| > p1080 (n_min) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.3 1 = I_act >= p2170 [2511.
PAGE 529
<5> Fig. 2-28 PROFINET PROFIBUS PZD receive word 1 <5> <6> r2060 [0] PROFIdrive receive telegram PZD receive word 3 Header PZD receive word 4 Data Trailer r2090.15 PZD recv word r2091.0 PZD recv DW r2050 [1] r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 PZD recv DW r2050 [2] r2060 [2] r2090.0 <6> r2050 [0] PZD receive word 2 r2060 [1] r2092.15 PZD recv word r2093.
PAGE 530
<3> 2470 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 PZD send DW PZD 1+2 p2061[0] PZD send DW PZD 2+3 p2061[1] PZD send DW PZD 3+4 p2061[2] PZD send DW PZD 4+5 p2061[3] PZD send DW PZD 5+6 p2061[4] PZD send DW PZD 6+7 p2061[5] PZD send DW PZD 7+8 p2061[6] PZD send DW PZD 8+9 p2061[7] PZD send DW PZD 9+10 p2061[8] PZD send DW PZD 10+11 p2061[9] PZD send DW PZD 1
PAGE 531
Fig. 2-30 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 0 [15] (0.0) 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083[0…15] [0] (0) (0.0) [1] 1 0 1 0 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088[1].
PAGE 532
Function diagrams CANopen communication 2.
PAGE 533
Fig. 2-31 Mapping RPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8710[0..3] (0000 hex) <2> 9204 – Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Receive PDO 1 0000 hex ... 8000 06DF hex p8700[0..1] (8000 06DF hex) RPDO 1 Automatic assignment of the RPDOs to the receive buffer. <1> Object 1 PZD1 recv bitw Bit 0 r2090.0 ... r2090.
PAGE 534
RPDO 1 Automatic assignment of the RPDOs to the receive buffer. <1> Receive buffer 60400010 r2050 [0] PZD receive word 1 PZD1 recv bitw Bit 0 r2090.0 ... r2090.
PAGE 535
Fig. 2-33 9208 – Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Transmit PDO 1 0000 hex ... C000 06DF hex p8720[0..4] (C000 06DF hex) CANopen send words 1 ... 7 PZD send word p2051 [0] (0) Diag send word r2053[0..13] ... Automatic assignment of the send buffer to the TPDOs Send buffer Mapping TPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8730[0..
PAGE 536
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 9210 – Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) PZD send word p2051 [1] (0) PZD send word p2051 [2] (0) Diag send word r2053[0..13] ... Send buffer Automatic assignment of the send buffer to the TPDOs <1> TPDO 1 60410010 PZD send word 1 PZD send word 2 CANopen send telegram Transmit PDO 2 Mapping TPDO 2 p8721 p8731 COB-ID Object 1 PZD send word 3 . . .
PAGE 537
Fig. 2-35 9220 – Control word, CANopen © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Signal targets for control word CANopen (r8795) Signal Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] parameters <1> internal control word signal target Meaning STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with RFG, then pulse suppression and ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control STW1.
PAGE 538
1 = Ready for switching on From sequence control 1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) From sequence control 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) From fault buffer [8060] 3 1 = Fault present From sequence control 4 1 = No coast down active From sequence control 5 1 = No fast stop active From sequence control 6 1 = Switching on inhibited active From alarm buffer [8065] 7 1 = Alarm present 8 Freely interconnectable (BI: p8785) Bit 9 = 1 --> Ready to exch
PAGE 539
Function diagrams Communication, fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus, BACnet) 2.
PAGE 540
T Monitoring functions © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 9310 – Configuration, addresses and diagnostics Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 Field bus baud 4 ... 13 p2020 (8) Field bus address 30 00......255 p2021 (0) Field bus USS PZD 0 ... 8 p2022 (2) t USS configuration F01910 "Fieldbus IF: setpoint timeout" Field bus USS PKW 0 ... 127 p2023 (127) Field bus protocol 0,1,2,5 0 ... 8 p2030 (0) Field bus baud ... 13 13 45 .
PAGE 541
Fig. 2-38 Signal Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 542
[Function diagram] [Function diagram] signal target internal control word Interconnection parameters Meaning Inverted <1> 9352 – ZSW1 status word interconnection © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.
PAGE 543
r2090.0 Fig. 2-40 <2> r2050 [0] PZD receive word 1 r2050 [1] PZD receive word 2 PZD recv word r2091.0 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 Fieldbus r2050 [2] PZD receive word 3 r2050[3] PZD receive word 4 PZD receive word 5 PZD recv word r2050 [4] PZD receive word 6 PZD recv word r2050 [5] PZD receive word 7 PZD recv word r2050 [6] PZD receive word 8 PZD recv word r2050 [7] PZD receive word 9 PZD recv word r2050[8] PZD receive word 10 PZD recv word r2050 [9] Receive telegram r2092.
PAGE 544
PZD send word p2051[0] <1> PZD send word p2051[1] PZD send word p2051[2] PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word PZD send word ...
PAGE 545
Fig. 2-42 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0..15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080[0..15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 0 [15] (0.0) 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083[0..15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 1 0 1 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [1] (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [4].
PAGE 546
Function diagrams Internal control/status words 2.
PAGE 547
Fig. 2-43 0 15 0 15 Current control STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 0 STW Sequence control [2501] 2500 – Overview, internal control/status words © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Sequence control [2530] ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 Monitoring functions ZSW Sequence control 0 15 15 STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 STW Setpoint Channel 0 15 [2536] 0 15 ZSW Monitoring funct.
PAGE 548
PROFIdrive-Bit <2> <3> OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (1) OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (4022.2) Operation enable <3> p0852 [C] RFG enable <3> p1140 [C] Continue RFG <3> p1141 [C] Setpoint enable <3> p1142 [C] Jog bit 0 <3> p1055 [C] Jog bit 1 <3> p1056 [C] Master ctrl by PLC <3> p0854 [C] <1> Bit 10 in STW1 must be set to ensure that the drive accepts the process data. <2> PROFIdrive interconnection: For PROFIdrive standard telegrams, the upper inputs are connected with PROFIdrive-STW1 [2420].
PAGE 549
PROFIdrive-Bit Fig. 2-45 2503 – Status word, sequence control © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Bit No. From the control unit 0 1 = Ready for switching on r0899.0 From the control unit 1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0899.1 From the control unit 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) r0899.2 From the control unit 3 1 = Jog active r0899.
PAGE 550
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 2505 – Control word, setpoint channel n_set_fixed Bit 1 p1021 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 2 p1022 [C] n_set_fixed Bit 3 p1023 [C] Inhib neg dir Inhib pos dir Setp inv Mop raise Control word, setpoint channel (r1198) p1020 [C] (0) 0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2] (0) 1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.
PAGE 551
Fig. 2-47 2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 ZSW 1 Bit No. [2503.7] r0899 r0899.0 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.1 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.2 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.3 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2503.7] r0899 r0899.4 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.5 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.6 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.7 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.
PAGE 552
Bit No. © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 [7017.5] r1239 r1239.8 DCBRK ZSW [2534.7] r2197 r2197.5 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.0 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.8 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.2 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.1 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.4 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.9 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.10 ZSW monitor 1 [3080.7] r1199 r1199.
PAGE 553
Fig. 2-49 2512 – Control word 1 (r0054) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 OFF2 S_src 1 p0844 [C] (1) STW 1 ON / OFF (OFF1) OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 [C] (4022.3) OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (1) Operation enable OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (4022.2) RFG enable Continue RFG 1. Acknowledge p2103 [C] (722.2) Setpoint enable p0840 [C] (722.0) Jog bit 0 3. Acknowledge p2105 [C] (0) Jog bit 1 Master ctrl by PLC Setp inv Mop lower [2501.
PAGE 554
Bit No. [2505.7] r1198 r1198.0 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.1 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.2 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.3 STW setpoint chan [8565.7] r0837 r0837.0 DDS selected [8565.7] r0837 r0837.1 DDS selected © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 [7958.6] r2349 r2349.0 Tec_ctrl status [7017.7] r1239 r1239.11 DCBRK ZSW [2546.7] [8560.
PAGE 555
Fig. 2-51 2522 – Status word, speed controller © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 Status word, speed controller (r1407) Bit No. 0 1 = U/f control active r1407.0 1 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 2 Reserved 3 1 = Closed-loop speed control active 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved From the torque setpoint [6060.7] 7 1 = Torque limit reached From the torque setpoint [6060.
PAGE 556
2526 – Status word, closed-loop control © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 2 1 = Pulses enabled r0056.2 3 Reserved 4 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 5 1 = Starting boost active r0056.5 6 1 = Acceleration voltage active [6730.5] 7 1 = Frequency, negative r0056.7 [6722.3] 8 1 = Field weakening active r0056.8 [6714.
PAGE 557
Fig. 2-53 2530 – Status word, current control © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Bit No. [6714.5] [6714.8] [6730.3] [8012.7] ZSW monitor 2 1 = Closed-loop current control active r1408.0 1 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation r1408.
PAGE 558
2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 From extended signals [8020.8] 0 1 = |n_act| <= n_min p1080 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.1 2 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.2 From speed signals [8011.8] 3 1 = n_act >= 0 r2197.3 From extended signals [8020.8] 4 1 = |n_act| >= n_set r2197.
PAGE 559
Fig. 2-55 2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Bit No. ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = |n_set| < p2161 r2198.4 From speed signals [8011.8] 5 1 = n_set > 0 r2198.5 From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.8] 6 1 = Motor blocked r2198.
PAGE 560
PROFIdrive-Bit ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) From speed signals [8010.8] 0 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_on r2199.4 From speed signals [8011.8] 5 1 = Ramp-up/ramp-down completed 0 = Ramp-function generator active r2199.
PAGE 561
Fig. 2-57 2546 – Control word, faults/alarms © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 PROFIdrive-Bit Control word, faults/alarms Bit No. 1. Acknowledge p2103 [C] (722.2) <1> 2. Acknowledge p2104 [C] (0) <1> 3. Acknowledge p2105 [C] (0) <1> Pulse generator External fault 3 p2108 [C] (4022.1) <1> Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved Ext fault 3 t_on 0 ...
PAGE 562
From the alarm buffer [8065.4] Status word, faults/alarms 1 0 1 = Acknowledgement running 1 2 Reserved 3 1 = Fault present 4 5 Reserved 6 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 7 1 = Alarm present r2139.7 8 1 = Internal signal 2 present r2139.8 9 10 Reserved 11 Alarm class bit 0 r2139.11 12 Alarm class bit 1 r2139.12 13 - 15 r2139.0 r2139.3 Reserved Bit No. ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2135 r2135 Status word, faults/alarms 2 0 ...
PAGE 563
Fig. 2-59 2634 – Sequence control - Missing enables © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Missing enable sig r0046 r0046 Missing enable signals (r0046) Bit No. 0 1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 1 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 2 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 3 1 = Operation enable missing r0046.3 4 1 = DC current brake, enable missing r0046.4 ... Reserved 10 1 = Ramp-function generator enable missing r0046.
PAGE 564
Function diagrams Setpoint channel 2.
PAGE 565
Fig. 2-60 Main setpoint p1070 [C] (755[0]) Suppl setp p1075 [C] (0) 3001 – Overview © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 .8 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 .9 0 0 + p1071 + 0 1 Setp after limit [1/min] r1114 n_set_1 p1076 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1059 [D] (-150.
PAGE 566
STW setpoint chan p1021 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.1 STW setpoint chan p1022 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.2 STW setpoint chan p1023 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.3 1 2 3 Setpoint channel Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) 0.000 n_set_fixed 1 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1001 [D] (0.000) 0 0 0 1 n_set_fixed 2 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1002 [D] (0.000) 0 0 1 0 n_set_fixed 3 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1003 [D] (0.000) 0 0 1 1 n_set_fixed 4 -210000.000 ... 210000.
PAGE 567
Fig. 2-62 3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 p1020 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.0 STW setpoint chan p1021 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.1 STW setpoint chan r1198 [2505.2] r1198.2 STW setpoint chan p1023 r1198 [2505.2] r1198.3 STW setpoint chan p1022 n_setp_fix status r1025 n_set_fixed 1 -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1001 [D] (0.000) 0001 n_set_fixed 2 -210000.000 ...
PAGE 568
Data save active Mop configuration - ... p1030 [D] (0000 0110 bin) Initial rounding-off active 2 Save in NVRAM active 3 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 3020 – Motorized potentiometer Ramp-function generator is always active 4 Mop raise p1035 [C] (0) Mop lower p1036 [C] (0) STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 .13 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040.
PAGE 569
Fig. 2-64 3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 <1> STW seq_ctrl p1055 r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .8 PcCtrl active r0807.0 [2501.2] Setpoint from external OP or operating tool STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .
PAGE 570
3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 1 = Setpoint inversion ESM act s s p3880 (0) STW setpoint chan r1198 p1111 [2505.2] r1198 .6 STW setpoint chan r1198 p1110 [2505.2] r1198 .5 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation [7033.2] n_limit setp 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1063 [D] (210000.000) [3030.
PAGE 571
Fig. 2-66 3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 n_skip 4 n_skip 3 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] p1094 [D] (0.000) p1093 [D] (0.000) n_skip 1 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] n_skip 2 <1> <1> p1091 [D] (0.000) 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] n_limit pos p1092 [D] (0.000) <1> 0.000 ... 210000.000 [1/min] <1> p1083 [D] (210000.
PAGE 572
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 3070 – Extended ramp-function generator Up ramp scaling p1138 [C] (1) 1 = Enable speed setpoint STW seq_ctrl p1142 r0898 [2501.7] r0898 .6 0 0 0 [3080.8] 1 0 1 0 0 1 Freeze ramp-function generator y 1 0 1 Ramp flattening-off 0 RFG setp at inp [1/min] r1119 1 IR x Tup p1082 1 0 0 STW seq_ctrl <1> p1141 r0898 0 = Freeze ramp[2501.7] r0898 .5 function generator [2634.
PAGE 573
Fig. 2-68 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Ramp-function generator selection x,y [3070.8] n_set_5 T1 x x y n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 [6030.1] y From the extended ramp-function generator t Interpolator RFG track intens 0.0 ... 50.0 p1145 [D] (0.0) <1> ZSW n_ctrl r1407 [2522.7] r1407.7 Ramp-function generator tracking 1 [3080.8] [3050.
PAGE 574
Function diagrams Vector control 2.
PAGE 575
Fig. 2-69 6030 – Speed setpoint, droop © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 n_set before filt. [1/min] r0060 n_set_filt 1 T 0.00 ... 5000.00 [ms] p1416 [D] (0.00) ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.11 [6799.1] [2522.3] n_ctrl setp sum [1/min] r1170 [3080.8] n_set after filter [1/min] r0062 [6031.1] n_limit pos eff [1/min] r1084 [3050.8] n_limit neg eff [1/min] r1087 [3050.
PAGE 576
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 6031 – Pre-control balancing, acceleration model ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.14 Mot MomInert Ratio 1.000 ... 10000.000 p0342 [D] (1.000) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (100.0) 0 Acceleration calculation 1 Calculated accelerating torque [6060.1] 0 n_ctrl config p1400.20 n_C n_act T_s SLVC 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] p1452 [D] (10.00) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.
PAGE 577
Fig. 2-71 n_ctrl SLVC Tn 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] p1472 [D] (20.0) <1> Kp_n_basic Tn_n_adapt From Kp/Tn adaptation [6050.7] 6040 – Speed controller © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 n_ctrl SLVC Kp 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1470 [D] (0.300) Tn_n_basic Kp_n_adapt [6490.7] n_ctrl config 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active p1400.5 n_ctrl config p1400.0 [6490.
PAGE 578
6050 – Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation [6040.8] n_act [1/min] r0063 [0] Kp_n_basic Kp n Kp_n_adapt Kp n_ctr Kp n up scal 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1461 [D] (100.0) To the speed controller [6040.4] n © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 n_ctrl n upper <1> 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p1465 [D] (210000.00) n_ctrl n lower <1> 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p1464 [D] (0.00) n_ctr Tn n up scal 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1463 [D] (100.0) [6040.
PAGE 579
Fig. 2-73 6060 – Torque setpoint © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 <1> <2> M_accel T_smooth 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p1517 [D] (4.00) M_accel [Nm] r1518 [0] [6031.8] <3> <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[1] Calculated accelerating torque ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.13 M_max upper eff [Nm] [6640.8] r1538 [2526.2] 1 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.8 [2522.3] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.8 [2522.3] [2522.3] M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] r1508 [6030.
PAGE 580
Vdc_max (Vector control) <1> Vdc_ctr config vec 0 ... 3 p1240 [D] (1) <2> Vdc act val [V] r0070 Vdc_ctrl Kp 0.00 ... 100.00 p1250 [D] (1.00) Vdc_ctrl t_rate 0 ... 1000 [ms] p1252 [D] (0) 0 1,3 + – 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .14 1 0 0,2 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor 1 ... 10000 [%] p1243 [D] (100) Vdc_max SenseOnLev 0 ... 1 p1254 (0) <2> Vdc_ctrl output [Aeff] r1258 Vdc controller 1 active [6710.2] Iq_max V_connect 1 ...
PAGE 581
Fig. 2-75 6300 – V/f characteristic and voltage boost © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Linear U_output max [Veff] r0071 U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 ECO Mode Mot f_rated 0.00 ... 100.00 [Hz] p0310 [D] (0.00) U_output max r0071 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 20 p1300 [D] (20) r1348 U/f Eco fac act v [%] Flux current control (FCC) Dependent on the load current U_output max [Veff] r0071 0/5 Mot U_rated p0304 1/6 2 [1690.
PAGE 582
U/f slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) f_res damp Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) – [1690.7] + Iq_act [Aeff] r0078 Slip comp scal 0.0 ... 600.0 [%] p1335 [D] (100.0) [6714.8] Slip comp lim val 0.00 ... 600.00 [%] p1336 [D] (250.00) Mot slip_rated [Hz] r0330 [D] f_Slip [Hz] r0065 Slip compensation [6730.2] 250 ms Mot slip_rated [Hz] r0330 [D] 1 6% 10 % 95 % [1690.
PAGE 583
Fig. 2-77 6320 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (PM230/PM240), (V/f) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Vdc_max (U/f control) Vdc_ctr config U/f 0 ... 1 <2> p1280 [D] (1) Vdc act val [V] r0070 Vdc_ctrl Tn 0 ... 10000 [ms] p1291 [D] (40) Vdc_ctrl Kp Vdc_ctrl t_rate 0.00 ... 100.00 0 ... 1000 [ms] p1290 [D] (1.00) p1292 [D] (10) 0 <1> 1,3 + – 0 0 1 0,2 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .14 [2526.
PAGE 584
Bit No. Factory setting Meaning © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 6490 – Speed control configuration 00 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active 01 Reserved 1 [6040.3] 1 [6040.3] 1 [6030.5] 1 [6031.4] ... 04 Reserved 05 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active 06 Reserved ...
PAGE 585
Fig. 2-79 Flux control, configuration Bit No. 6491 – Flux control configuration © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Flux ctrl config - ...
PAGE 586
! M_max upper -1000000.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p1520 [D] (0.00) <1> [6640.1] M 2 1 n Lower torque limit ! M_max lower -20000000.00 ... 1000000.00 [Nm] p1521 [D] (0.00) M <2> [6640.1] n 3 <1> <2> 4 ! Danger: Negative values at <1> positive values at <2> 1 Vector control Upper/lower torque limit 2 represent a minimum torque for the other torque direction and can cause the motor to accelerate uncontrollably. 3 4 5 6 fp_6630_97_01.vsd 12.12.2012 V4.
PAGE 587
Fig. 2-81 6640 – Current/power/torque limits © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Current limiting Speed limiting Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] U_output max [Veff] r0071 Kp from speed controller [6040.5] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] [6722.1] [6723.4] [6724.4] Iq stall calculation Current limit 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Aeff] p0640 [D] (0.00) [8016.8] I_max reduction Min Iq_max total [Aeff] r1533 x x2 [6730.
PAGE 588
6710 – Current setpoint filter [6220.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.7 Iq_max 1 1 [6640.8] 0 0 Isq_max [Aeff] r1536 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 .15 [2526.6] 0 Iq_min 1 [6220.8] 1 [6640.8] 0 Isq_min [Aeff] r1537 M_set [Nm] r0079 [6060.8] [6730.1] M Iq 1 Vector control Current setpoint filter Iq_set [Aeff] r0077 [6714.
PAGE 589
Fig. 2-83 Flux setp total [%] <1> [6723.1] r1598 <2> [6724.1] U_soll 1 Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting 6714 – Iq and Id controllers © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] U_max 1 [6723.4] <1> [6724.4] <2> Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1703 [D] (60.0) Id_set [Aeff] r0075 <1> [6723.5] Id_set total <2> [6721.8] Symmetrizing ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.2] r0056.9 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408.
PAGE 590
Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] p0346 [D] (0.000) [6640.1] Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (103.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.8 y [2526.2] n_act [1/min] [6730.1] r0063 [0] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.4 Flux ctrl config p1401.1 1 = Flux setpoint soft starting active [2526.2] Flux ctrl config p1401.2 1 = Flux build-up control active Quick magnetizing active [6723.8] Magnetization control f Field weakening characteristic MotMod status r1751 [6730.
PAGE 591
Fig. 2-85 6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller (ASM, p0300 = 1) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Drv filt type mot 0 ... 2 p0230 (0) Pulse freq setp 0.500 ... 4.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.000) Modulator mode 0 ... 10 p1802 [D] (10) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_max 1 Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 [6714.8] U_output max [Veff] r0071 U_reserve dyn 0.
PAGE 592
Vdc act val [V] r0070 DC link voltage U_output [Veff] r0072 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) [6799.1] 2 [1690.8] [6714.8] U_set Pulse enable HW Modulat_depth [%] r0074 [6799.1] U U_angle f_Slip r0065 Current model [6310.5] Precontrol speed [6030.8] Vibration damping + n_act [1/min] r0063[0..
PAGE 593
Fig. 2-87 [6730.1] 6799 – Display signals © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 n_set before filt. [1/min] r0060 100 ms n_act [1/min] r0063 [0] [6730.4] [6731.4] n_set smth [1/min] r0020 n_act smooth [1/min] r0021 100 ms Modulat_depth [%] r0074 [6714.8] Id_act [Aeff] r0076 [6714.
PAGE 594
Function diagrams Technology functions 2.
PAGE 595
<1> <2> Fig. 2-88 7017 – DC braking (p0300 = 1) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Current actual values I_act abs val [Aeff] [6714] r0068[0..1] Mot t_de-excitat. DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time DCBRK n_start 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Aeff] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p0347 [D] (0.000) p1232 [D] (0.00) p1233 [D] (1.0) p1234 [D] (210000.00) n_act n_set DCBRK config 0 ...
PAGE 596
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 7030 – Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 Ftec0 Tn 0.000 ... 10000.000 [s] p11085 (30.000) Ftec0 setp t_r-up 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] p11057 (1.00) Ftec0 setp aft RFG [%] r11060 Ftec0 setp s_s p11053 (0) Ftec0 sys dev [%] r11073 + + + <1> Ftec0 Kp 0.000 ... 1000.000 p11080 (1.000) <1> Ftec0 out_sig [%] r11094 + Ftec0 stat_word r11049 .10 r11049 Ftec0 setp t_r-dn 0.00 ... 650.
PAGE 597
Fig. 2-90 7032 – Multi-zone control © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Zone_ctrl intercon 0 ... 1 p31020 (0) CU AI value in % [%] r0755 [0] Zone_ctrl setp inp p31023 [0] (0) Zone_ctrl setp inp p31023 [1] (0) 0 0 + 1 >0 + Zone_ctrl set outp [%] r31024 1,2 To technology controller p2253 [7958.
PAGE 598
1 = Direction of rotation inverted r3889.1 1 = Extended service mode (ESM) active r3889.0 ESM setp_src 0 ... 7 p3881 (0) [7958.3] © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 7033 – Essential service mode (ESM) 0 -1 Total setpoint eff [1/min] r1078 10 s 0 [3030.6] 1 0 1 1 = Setpoint signal lost Last known setpoint n_set_fixed 15 r3889.2 p1015 [D] (0.000) [3010.5] F03505 caused by wire breakage in AI 0 ESM setp_src alt 0 ...
PAGE 599
Line Fig. 2-92 7035 – Bypass © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Bypass configuration Bypass STW / ZSW r1261 r1261 Bypass config 0 ... 3 p1260 (0) . . . Chngov_src config - ... p1267 (0000 bin) . . . Interlock against simultaneous closing SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 K1 Switch t_monit 0 ... 5000 [ms] p1274 (1000) K2 Bypass contactors Example: Activation via a control signal (p1267.
PAGE 600
Line Csc_ctrl ZSW r2379 r2379 Csc_ctrl enab 0 ... 1 p2370 [D] (0) 7036 – Cascade control SINAMICS G120 Relay outputs CU230P-2 (digital outputs) .. . Motor Starters To technology controller input of inverter Pressure Sensor CscCtr t_hld n_out 0.000 ... 999.000 [s] p2387 (0.
PAGE 601
Fig. 2-94 7038 – Energy-saving mode © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 En_save mode 0 ... 1 p2398 (0) Setting p2200 = 1, p2251 = 0, p2398 = 1, p2394 > 0 (Hibernation with boost using the technology setpoint as the main setpoint) Setting p2200 = 0, p2251 = 0,1, p2398 = 1, p2394 = 0 (Hibernation without boost using an external setpoint) En_save mode 0 ... 1 p2398 (0) % Technology setpoint En_savRest tec_ctr <1> 0.000 ... 200.
PAGE 602
Function diagrams Free function blocks 2.
PAGE 603
Fig.
PAGE 604
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 7210 – AND (AND function blocks with 4 inputs) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20040 (9999) AND 2 inputs p20038 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 0 output Q r20031 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20033 (10) AND 3 AND 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20036 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20044 (9999) AND 3 inputs p20042 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 1 output Q r20035 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 605
Fig. 2-97 7212 – OR (OR function blocks with 4 inputs) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 OR 0 inputs p20046 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 1 inputs p20050 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 OR 2 OR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20056 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 2 inputs p20054 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 output Q r20047 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20049 (60) OR 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20057 (80) OR 1 OR 3 OR 1 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 606
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 7214 – XOR (XOR function blocks with 4 inputs) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20072 (9999) XOR 2 inputs p20070 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 0 output Q r20063 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20065 (110) XOR 3 XOR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20068 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20076 (9999) XOR 3 inputs p20074 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 1 output Q r20067 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 607
Fig. 2-99 7216 – NOT (inverter) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 NOT 0 input I p20078 (0) NOT 0 NOT 3 NOT 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20092 (9999) I NOT 1 input I p20082 (0) NOT 3 input I p20090 (0) NOT 0 inv output r20079 I NOT 1 NOT 4 NOT 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20084 (9999) NOT 4 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 608
ADD 0 inputs p20094 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 SUB 0 + ADD 0 output Y r20095 Y SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20104 (9999) SUB 0 inputs p20102 [0] [1] ADD 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20097 (210) ADD 1 ADD 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20100 (9999) ADD 1 inputs p20098 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 + X1 X2 X1 - X2 Y SUB 0 difference Y r20103 SUB 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20105 (240) ADD 1 output Y r20099 Y SUB 1 ADD 1 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20101 (220) ADD 2 SUB 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20108 (9999) ADD 2 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 609
Fig. 2-101 7222 – MUL (multiplier), DIV (divider) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 MUL 0 DIV 0 DIV 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20121 (9999) MUL 0 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 610
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 7224 – AVA (absolute value generator) AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 input X p20128 (0) Y X SN AVA 0 output Y r20129 AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20136 (9999) AVA 1 input X p20133 (0) Y X SN AVA 1 output Y r20134 AVA 1 input neg SN r20135 AVA 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 611
Fig. 2-103 7225 – NCM (numeric comparator) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 NCM 0 NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs p20312 [0] [1] X1 X2 > = < QU QE QL X1 > X2 X1 = X2 X1 < X2 r20313 NCM 0 output QU r20314 NCM 0 output QE r20315 NCM 0 output QL r20319 NCM 1 output QU r20320 NCM 1 output QE r20321 NCM 1 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20317 (820) NCM 1 NCM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 612
PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) PLI 0 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) A18/B18 Y A19/B19 PLI 0 input X p20372 (0) X Xn X A0/B0 PLI 0 Y-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20375 (0.0000) PLI 0 output Y r20373 Y Yn A1/B1 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 PLI 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 613
Fig. 2-105 7230 – MFP (pulse generator), PCL (pulse contractor) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 MFP 0 MFP 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20141 (9999) MFP 2 MFP 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20139 (0.00) MFP 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20357 (9999) MFP 2 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20355 (0.
PAGE 614
PDE 2 PDE 0 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20159 (0.00) PDE 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20337 (9999) PDE 2 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20335 (0.00) T PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20158 (0) T I 0 T Q PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20334 (0) PDE 0 output Q r20160 T I PDE 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20162 (430) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 I PDE 1 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20164 (0.00) T PDE 3 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20342 (9999) PDE 3 t_del ms 0.00 ..
PAGE 615
Fig. 2-107 7233 – PDF (OFF delay) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 PDF 0 PDF 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20171 (9999) PDF 2 PDF 0 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20169 (0.00) PDF 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20347 (9999) PDF 2 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20345 (0.00) T PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20168 (0) 0 I T T Q PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20344 (0) PDF 0 output Q r20170 0 I T PDF 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20172 (460) PDF 2 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 616
7234 – PST (pulse stretcher) PST 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20181 (9999) PST 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20179 (0.00) T PST 0 inputs p20178 Input pulse [0] Reset input [1] T I R PST 0 output Q r20180 Q PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 PST 1 PST 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20186 (9999) PST 1 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20184 (0.
PAGE 617
Fig. 2-109 7240 – RSR (RS flip-flop), DFR (D flip-flop) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 RSR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20191 (9999) RSR 0 RSR 0 inputs p20188 Set [0] Reset [1] DFR 0 inputs p20198 [0] [1] [2] [3] RSR 0 output Q r20189 Q S R DFR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20201 (9999) DFR 0 RSR 0 inv outp QN r20190 QN Trigger input D input Set Reset I D S R RSR 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 618
BSW 0 inputs p20208 [0] [1] NSW 0 BSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20212 (580) I0 0 I1 Q 1 NSW 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20221 (9999) NSW 0 inputs p20218 [0] [1] BSW 0 output Q r20210 I BSW 0 sw_setting p20209 (0) X0 0 X1 BSW 1 inputs p20213 [0] [1] BSW 1 sw_setting p20214 (0) NSW 1 I0 0 Q 1 NSW 0 output Y r20220 I NSW 0 sw_setting p20219 (0) BSW 1 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20217 (590) I1 Y 1 BSW 1 BSW 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20216 (9999) NSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20222 (610) NSW 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 619
Fig. 2-111 7260 – LIM (limiter) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 LIM 0 LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 input X p20228 (0) LIM 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20229 (0.0000) LU LIM 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20230 (0.0000) LL LIM 0 QU r20232 QU X Y QL LIM 0 QL r20233 QU LIM 1 QU r20240 LIM 0 output Y r20231 LIM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20235 (640) LIM 1 LIM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 620
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 7262 – PT1 (smoothing element) PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20248 (9999) PT1 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20254 (9999) PT1 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 621
Fig. 2-113 7264 – INT (integrator), DIF (derivative-action element) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 INT 0 INT 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20264 (9999) INT 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20265 (700) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) INT 0 inputs p20256 Input [0] Set value [1] TI X SV INT 0 acc set val p20260 (0) S INT 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20257 (0.0000) LU INT 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ...
PAGE 622
LVM 1 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 7270 – LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis) LVM 0 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20268 (0.0000) LVM 0 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20269 (0.0000) L M LVM 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 623
Function diagrams Technology controller 2.
PAGE 624
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 7950 – Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) 1 2 Technology controller Fixed values, binary selection (p2216 = 2) 20 0 ... 15 0.00 % 0000 Tec_ctrl fix val1 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) 0010 Tec_ctr fix val 3 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2203 [D] (30.
PAGE 625
Fig. 2-116 7951 – Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225 (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) (0) Tec_ctrl fix val1 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) 0010 Tec_ctr fix val 3 -200.00 ... 200.
PAGE 626
Data save active 0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active 0 1 0 1 0 1 Without initial rounding. With initial rounding. The ramp-up/down time set is exceeded accordingly. Non-volatile data save not activated The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for p2230.
PAGE 627
Fig. 2-118 7958 – Closed-loop control © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Tec_ctrl set1 scal 0.00 ... 100.00 [%] p2255 (100.00) Tec_ctrl setp 1 p2253 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl outp scal -100.00 ... 100.00 [%] p2295 (100.00) Tec_reg Vorsteuer ZSW cl-loop ctrl Tec_ctrl set2 scal 0.00 ... 100.00 [%] p2256 (100.00) Tec_ctrl setp 2 p2254 [C] + (0) ESM setp tech_ctrl p3884 (0) Tec_ctr integ stop p2286 [C] <3> (56.13) r0056 r0056.
PAGE 628
Function diagrams Signals and monitoring functions 2.
PAGE 629
Fig.
PAGE 630
n_limit neg eff [1/min] 8010 – Speed signals 1 n_act [1/min] r0063 [1] 0 n [6799.4] n_act [1/min] r0063 [0] [6730.1] [6731.1] ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.6 [2534.3] n |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2161 [D] (5.00) n_act_filt T 0 ... 1000000 [ms] n_act smth message [1/min] r2169 p2153 [D] (0) Hyst n_act>n_max [8011.2] 0.00 ... 60000.00 [1/min] [8012.5] p2162 [D] (0.00) [8013.1] ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199.0 [2537.3] 1 0 n_thresh val 1 0.00 ... 210000.
PAGE 631
Fig. 2-121 n_act smth message [1/min] [8010.2] r2169 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.3 [2534.3] n_act >= 0 1 0 8011 – Speed signals 2 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 0 <1> 0 n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [1/min] p2150 [D] (2.00) n_set for msg p2151 [C] (1170[0]) 1 [3080.8] 0 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 .5 [2536.3] n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2161 [D] (5.00) <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.
PAGE 632
Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode p1300 Mot stall enab neg p2144 [C] (0) 20 & ZSW n_ctrl [2522.7] n_act smth message [1/min] r2169 [8010.2] r0056 r0056.12 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.13 ZSW cl-loop ctrl T 0..4,7 MIN Load monit n_act p3230 [C] <1> (0) Mot lock n_thresh 0.00 ... 210000.00 [1/min] p2175 [D] (120.00) 0 5,6, 19 n_act smooth signal < p2175 r1407 r1407 .7 Mot lock t_del p2177 1 1 0 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 .6 [2536.3] F07900 & [2526.
PAGE 633
Fig. 2-123 8013 – Load monitoring © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 M_act_filt T 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p3233 [D] (100) p2149.1 A07926 "Envelop characteristic, parameter not valid" <2> 1 M_act [Nm] r0080[0] [6799.8] M [Nm] 0 M_thresh 3 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2190 [D] (0.00) Load monit config Load monit resp 0 ... 3 0 ...
PAGE 634
Maximum power module temperature T_max heatsink 1 1 = Fault thermal overload in power module ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2135 r2135.13 [2548.2] Temperature measurement 1 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 8014 – Thermal monitoring, power unit Max Faults "Power unit overtemperature" F30004 Inverter heatsink F30024 Thermal model F30025 Chip F30035 Air intake 0 PU temperatures [°C] Pulse freq setp 0.500 ... 4.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.
PAGE 635
Fig. 2-125 Mod 1/2 threshold p0605 Mot temp response p0610 1 Mot_temp_sens type 0 ... 4 p0601 [D] (0) [8017.8] of motor temperature model 2 Suppress fault KTY sensor type (threshold not applicable for PTC) Mod 2/KTY A thresh p0604 1650 <2> 0 = No sensor 1 = PTC alarm and time 2 = KTY84 4 = Bimetal NC contact alarm with time step Sensor type KTY PTC T <1> & & 0 1 [8017.7] 1 1 I_max reduction [1690.1][6640.2] F07011 "Motor overtemperature" 1 = Fault motor overtemperature r2135.
PAGE 636
<5> <3> Mot I_rated p0305 I_act abs val [Aeff] r0068 [0] 1 model [8016.6] 0 8017 – Thermal motor models Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) (for synchronous motor only) not smoothed Mod 1/2 threshold p0605 <4> I2t mot_mod T p0611 1 <1> Mot temp [°C] [8016.5] r0035 Rated motor temperature rise <2> Mot T_ambient p0625 1 = Activate motor temperature model 2 p0612.
PAGE 637
Fig. 2-127 n_act smth message [1/min] [8010.2] r2169 1 0 8020 – Monitoring functions 1 © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 n_min p1080 0 RFG setp at inp [1/min] [3050.8] r1119 1 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 + ZSW 2 r0053 r0053.2 [2511.6] 1 – 0 ZSW 2 r0053 r0053.6 [2511.6] 0 1 n_standst n_thresh p1226 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 -1 n_act [1/min] r0063 Pulse suppr t_del p1228 1 0 1 0 Vdc thresh val p2172 Vdc act val [V] [6730.
PAGE 638
Function diagrams Faults and alarms 2.
PAGE 639
Fig. 2-128 8050 – Overview © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Fxxxxx r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 III III Code Value coming going Fault cases qty 0 ... 65535 p0952 (0) Ayyyyy r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 III III Azzzzz alarms Code Value coming going III Fyyyyy Fzzzzz faults t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) [8060] Fault buffer Axxxxx Alarm counter 0 ...
PAGE 640
8060 – Fault buffer t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) 32 bit counter, free running 0 = "No fault present" <2> Fault code Fault value Fault time "received" Fault time "removed" Fault 1 r0945[0] r0949[0] [I32] r2133[0] [Float] r0948[0] [ms] r2130[0] [d] r2109[0] [ms] r2136[0] [d] Fault 2 r0945[1] r0949[1] [I32] r2133[1] [Float] r0948[1] [ms] r2130[1] [d] r2109[1] [ms] r2136[1] [d] Fault times III [8065.
PAGE 641
Fig. 2-130 <1> 0 = "No alarm present" Alarm code [8060.1] 8065 – Alarm buffer © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Actual alarm code r2132 Operating time Alarm value Alarm time "received" Alarm time "removed" Alarm times STW fault/alarm r2138 [2546.7] r2138.
PAGE 642
8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [1] 1. Fault/alarm code [15] 15. Fault/alarm code Trigger word r2129 r2129 r2129.0 0. Message/signal present 1. Message/signal present Fault/alarm trigger word (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) r2129.1 15. Message/signal present r2129.
PAGE 643
Fig. 2-132 8075 – Fault/alarm configuration © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Changing the fault response for maximum 20 faults <1> F_no F response 0 ... 65535 p2100 (0) Changing the message type - fault <==> alarm for maximum 20 faults/alarms <1> Fault response 0 ... 6 p2101 (0) Msg_no Msg_type 0 ... 65535 p2118 (0) [0] 0. Fault code [0] Fault response 0 = NONE [0] [1] 1.
PAGE 644
Function diagrams Data sets 2.
PAGE 645
Fig. 2-133 8550 – Data set overview © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 CDS - Command Data Sets 0 31 CDS selected r0836 r0836 STW CDS selection [8560] DDS - Drive Data Sets 0 31 DDS selected r0837 r0837 STW DDS selection [8565] 3 4 5 6 fp_8550_97_54.vsd 12.12.2012 V4.
PAGE 646
© Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) BI: p0810 = "0" CDS0 selected r0836.0 = 0 BI: p0810 = "1" CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 1 t t CDS0 effective r0050.0 = 0 Target CDS p0809[1] (1) Source CDS p0809[0] (0) CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 1 Start copy process p0809[2] (0) CDS selected r0836 r0836 .0 r0836.1 t CDS select bit 0 p0810 (0) CDS count 2 ...
PAGE 647
Fig. 2-135 8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 Copy DDS, target p0819[1] (1) Copy DDS, source Copy DDS, start p0819[0] (0) p0819[2] (0) DDS selected r0837 r0837.0 r0837.1 DDS count 1 ... 4 p0180 (1) DDS select bit 0 p0820 [C] (0) DDS select bit 1 p0821 [C] (0) DDS3 A07530 "Drive data set does not exist" DDS2 DDS1 DDS effective r0051 r0051.0 r0051.
PAGE 649
Faults and alarms 3 Contents 3.1 Overview of faults and alarms 3-650 3.
PAGE 650
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms 3.1 Overview of faults and alarms 3.1.1 General Fault and alarm displays (messages) If a fault occurs, the drive indicates the fault and/or alarm. For example, the following methods for displaying faults and alarms are available: • Display via the fault and alarm buffer with PROFIBUS/PROFINET • Display online via the commissioning software • Display and operating unit (e.g.
PAGE 651
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Fault reactions The following fault reactions are defined: Tabelle 3-2 Fault reactions List NONE PROFIdrive - Reaction None Description No reaction when a fault occurs. Note: With the "Basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1), the following applies: When a fault occurs with fault reaction "NONE", an active traversing task is interrupted and the system switches to tracking mode until the fault has been rectified and acknowledged.
PAGE 652
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Tabelle 3-2 Fault reactions, continued List OFF3 PROFIdrive QUICK STOP Reaction Description Brake along the Speed control (p1300 = 20, 21) OFF3 down ramp • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along followed by pulse the OFF3 down ramp (p1135). inhibit • When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if parameterized) is closed. The pulses are suppressed when the brake application time (p1217) expires.
PAGE 653
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Acknowledging faults The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been remedied. Tabelle 3-3 Acknowledgement of faults Acknowledgment POWER ON Description The fault is acknowledged via a POWER ON (switch Control Unit off and on again). Note: If this action has not eliminated the fault cause, the fault is displayed again immediately after power-up.
PAGE 654
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms 3.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The information listed below is the maximum amount of information that a description can contain: Some of the information is optional. The list of faults and alarms (See Section 3.
PAGE 655
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Note: You can change the default properties of a fault or alarm by setting parameters. References: /BA5/ SINAMICS G120 Operating Instructions Frequency Converter with CU230P-2 Control Units, Section "Alarms, faults, and system messages" The list of faults and alarms (see Section 3.2) provides information in relation to the properties of a message that have been set as standard.
PAGE 656
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Cause: Describes the possible causes of the fault/alarm. A fault or alarm value can also be specified (optional). Fault value (r0949, format): The fault value is entered in the fault buffer in r0949[0...63] and specifies additional, more precise information about a fault. Alarm value (r2124, format): The alarm value specifies additional, more precise information about an alarm. The alarm value is entered in the alarm buffer in r2124[0...
PAGE 657
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms 3.1.3 Number ranges of faults and alarms Note: The following number ranges represent an overview of all faults and alarms used in the SINAMICS drive family. The faults and alarms for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in Section 3.2.
PAGE 658
Faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms Tabelle 3-4 3-658 Number ranges of faults and alarms, continued From To Range 35200 35999 Terminal Module 31 (TM31) 36000 36999 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module 37000 37999 HF Damping Module 40000 40999 Controller Extension 32 (CX32) 41000 48999 Reserved 49000 49999 SINAMICS GM/SM/GL 50000 50499 Communication Board (COMM BOARD) 50500 59999 OEM Siemens 60000 65535 SINAMICS DC MASTER (DC control) © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserve
PAGE 659
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 3.2 List of faults and alarms Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4601800, Language: eng Objects: CU230P-2_BT, CU230P-2_CAN, CU230P-2_DP, CU230P-2_HVAC, CU230P-2_PN F01000 Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - evaluate fault buffer (r0945).
PAGE 660
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms N01004 (F, A) Internal software error Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - read out diagnostics parameter (r9999). - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 661
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01015 Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 662
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). After switching on, the module reboots from the valid parameterization (if available). - restore the valid parameterization. Examples: a) Carry out a first commissioning, save, carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). b) Load another valid parameter backup (e.g. from the memory card), save, carry out a POWER ON (switchoff/switch-on).
PAGE 663
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01030 Sign-of-life failure for master control Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For active PC master control, no sign-of-life was received within the monitoring time. The master control was returned to the active BICO interconnection. Remedy: Set the monitoring time higher at the PC or, if required, completely disable the monitoring function.
PAGE 664
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - Download the project again with the commissioning software. - save all parameters (p0971 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM"). See also: p0971 (Save parameters) F01036 (A) ACX: Parameter back-up file missing Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: When downloading the device parameterization, a parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.ACX associated with a drive object cannot be found.
PAGE 665
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms b = xxx in the file names PSxxxyyy.*** b = 000 --> data save started with p0971 = 1 b = 010 --> data save started with p0971 = 10 b = 011 --> data save started with p0971 = 11 b = 012 --> data save started with p0971 = 12 d, c: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the file attribute of the files (PSxxxyyy.***, CAxxxyyy.***, CCxxxyyy.***) and, if required, change from "read only" to "writeable".
PAGE 666
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01043 Fatal error at project download Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fatal error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Device status cannot be changed to Device Download (drive object ON?). 2: Incorrect drive object number. 8: Maximum number of drive objects that can be generated exceeded.
PAGE 667
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01054 CU: System limit exceeded Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: At least one system overload has been identified. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Computing time load too high (r9976[1]). 5: Peak load too high (r9976[5]). As long as this fault is present, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971). Remedy: Re fault value = 1, 5: - reduce the computing time load of the drive unit (r9976[1] and r9976[5]) to under 100 %.
PAGE 668
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Bit 2 = 1: High-speed data memory 3 overloaded Bit 3 = 1: High-speed data memory 4 overloaded Remedy: - de-activate the function module. - de-activate drive object. - remove the drive object from the target topology. A01069 Parameter backup and device incompatible Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The parameter backup on the memory card and the drive unit do not match. The module boots with the factory settings. Example: Devices A and B.
PAGE 669
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01107 Save to memory card unsuccessful Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A data save to the memory card was not able to be successfully carried out. - Memory card defective - Insufficient space on memory card. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: The file on the RAM was not able to be opened. 2: The file on the RAM was not able to be read. 3: A new directory could not be created on the memory card.
PAGE 670
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON. - replace the Control Unit. A01251 CU: CU-EEPROM incorrect read-write data Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Error when reading the read-write data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: For alarm value r2124 < 256, the following applies: - carry out a POWER ON. - replace the Control Unit.
PAGE 671
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 8yy: The component clock cycles cannot be combined with one another 900: The lowest common multiple of the clock cycles in the system is too high to be determined. 901: The lowest common multiple of the clock cycles in the system cannot be generated with the hardware. Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ connection. - Reduce the number of components on the DRIVE-CLiQ line involved and distribute these to other DRIVE-CLiQ sockets of the Control Unit.
PAGE 672
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01512 BICO: No scaling available Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An attempt was made to determine a conversion factor for a scaling that does not exist. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Unit (e.g. corresponding to SPEED) for which an attempt was made to determine a factor. Remedy: Apply scaling or check the transfer value.
PAGE 673
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F01662 Error internal communications Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: A module-internal communication error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 674
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: Check the PROFIBUS cables. See also: r2077 (PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses) F01946 (A) PROFIBUS: Connection to the Publisher aborted Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The connection to at least one Publisher for PROFIBUS peer-to-peer data transfer in cyclic operation has been aborted.
PAGE 675
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: Enter the clock cycle of an existing time slice with a cycle time >= 4 ms or reduce the number of recording channels to 4 per trace. The existing time slices can be read out via p7901. See also: r7901 (Sampling times) A02060 Trace: Signal to be traced missing Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: - a signal to be traced was not specified. - the specified signals are not valid. Remedy: - specify the signal to be traced.
PAGE 676
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A02097 MTrace: multiple trace cannot be activated Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The following functions or settings are not permissible in conjunction with a multiple trace: - measuring function. - long-time trace - trigger condition "immediate recording start" (IMMEDIATE) - trigger condition "start with function generator" (FG_START). Remedy: - Deactivate multiple trace. - Deactivate function or setting that is not permissible.
PAGE 677
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline. - replace the Control Unit. Note: OA: Open Architecture F02152 (A) OA: Insufficient memory Reaction: OFF1 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: Too many functions have been configured on this Control Unit (e.g. too many drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications, blocks, etc).
PAGE 678
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Note: For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active: p0756[0...1] = 1 (2 ... 10 V with monitoring) p0756[0...2] = 3 (4 ... 20 mA with monitoring) Remedy: Check the connection to the signal source for interruptions. Check the magnitude of the injected current - it is possible that the infed signal is too low. The input current measured by the analog input can be read in r0752[x].
PAGE 679
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A05002 (N) Power unit: Air intake overtemperature Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For chassis power units, the following applies: The alarm threshold for the air intake overtemperature has been reached. For air-cooled power units, the threshold is 42 °C (hysteresis 2 K). The response is set using p0290. If the air intake temperature increases by an additional 13 K, then fault F30035 is output.
PAGE 680
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A06921 (N) Braking resistor phase unsymmetry Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The three resistors of the braking chopper are not symmetrical. Remedy: - check the feeder cables to the braking resistors. - If required, increase the value for detecting dissymmetry (p1364). F06922 Braking resistor phase failure Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A phase failure for the brake resistor was detected.
PAGE 681
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A07014 (N) Drive: Motor temperature model configuration alarm Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A fault has occurred in the configuration of the motor temperature model. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 1: All motor temperature models: It is not possible to save the model temperature See also: p0610 (Motor overtemperature response) Remedy: - set the response for motor overtemperature to "Alarm and fault, no reduction of I_max" (p0610 = 2).
PAGE 682
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07082 Macro: Execution not possible Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The macro cannot be executed. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): ccccbbaa hex: cccc = preliminary parameter number, bb = supplementary information, aa = fault cause Fault causes for the trigger parameter itself: 19: Called file is not valid for the trigger parameter. 20: Called file is not valid for parameter 15. 21: Called file is not valid for parameter 700.
PAGE 683
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms The values of the parameters were set to the corresponding violated minimum limit/maximum limit or to the factory setting. Possible causes: - the steady-state minimum limit/maximum limit or that defined in the application was violated. Fault value (r0949, parameter): Diagnostics parameter to display the parameters that were not able to be re-calculated.
PAGE 684
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07300 (A) Drive: Line contactor feedback signal missing Reaction: OFF2 (NONE) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: - the line contactor was not able to be closed within the time in p0861. - the line contactor was not able to be opened within the time in p0861. - the line contactor dropped out during operation - the line contactor has closed although the drive converter is powered down. Remedy: - check the setting of p0860.
PAGE 685
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - increase the number of restart attempts (p1211). The actual number of starting attempts is displayed in r1214. - increase the delay time in p1212 and/or the monitoring time in p1213. - issue an ON command (p0840). - either increase or disable the monitoring time of the power unit (p0857). - Reduce the delay time for resetting the start counter (p1213[1]) so that fewer faults are registered in the time interval.
PAGE 686
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A07401 (N) Drive: DC link voltage maximum controller de-activated Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The Vdc_max controller can no longer maintain the DC link voltage (r0070) below the limit value (r1242, r1282) and was therefore switched out (disabled). - the line supply voltage is permanently higher than specified for the power unit. - the motor is permanently in the regenerative mode as a result of a load that is driving the motor.
PAGE 687
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07410 Drive: Current controller output limited Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The condition "I_act = 0 and Uq_set_1 longer than 16 ms at its limit" is present and can be caused by the following: - motor not connected or motor contactor open. - motor data and motor configuration (star-delta) do not match. - no DC link voltage present. - power unit defective. - the "flying restart" function is not activated.
PAGE 688
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07426 (A) Technology controller actual value limited Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The actual value for the technology controller, interconnected via connector input p2264, has reached a limit. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: upper limit reached. 2: lower limit reached. Remedy: - adapt the limits to the signal level (p2267, p2268). - Check the actual value normalization (p0595, p0596).
PAGE 689
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - adapt the limit settings to the actual value signal (p11067, p11068). - check the scaling of the actual value signal. - check the signal source setting for the actual value (p11064).
PAGE 690
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Note: This fault also occurs if an incorrect topology was selected in the commissioning software and this parameterization is then downloaded to the Control Unit. See also: r0200 (Power unit code number actual) Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - check the DRIVE-CLiQ cable between the Control Unit and power unit. - Check the power unit and replace if necessary. - check the Control Unit, and if required replace it.
PAGE 691
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07806 Drive: Regenerative power limit exceeded (F3E) Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For blocksize power units, types PM250 and PM260, the regenerative rated power r0206[2] was exceeded for more than 10 s. See also: r0206 (Rated power unit power), p1531 (Power limit regenerative) Remedy: - increase the down ramp. - reduce the driving load. - use a power unit with a higher regenerative feedback capability.
PAGE 692
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A07851 (F) External alarm 2 Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The BICO signal for "external alarm 2" was triggered. The condition for this external alarm is fulfilled. See also: p2116 (External alarm 2) Remedy: Eliminate the causes of this alarm. A07852 (F) External alarm 3 Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The BICO signal for "external alarm 3" was triggered. The condition for this external alarm is fulfilled.
PAGE 693
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07901 Drive: Motor overspeed Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The maximum permissible speed was either positively or negatively exceeded.
PAGE 694
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A07910 (N) Drive: Motor overtemperature Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: KTY or no sensor: The measured motor temperature or the temperature of the motor temperature model 2 has exceeded the alarm threshold (p0604). The response parameterized in p0610 becomes active. PTC or bimetallic NC contact: The response threshold of 1650 Ohm was exceeded or the NC contact opened. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 11: No output current reduction.
PAGE 695
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the connection between the motor and load. - adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load. F07924 Drive: Torque/speed too high Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For p2193 = 1: The torque deviates from the torque/speed envelope characteristic (too high). For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169) (too high).
PAGE 696
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07950 (A) Motor parameter incorrect Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The motor parameters were incorrectly entered while commissioning (e.g. p0300 = 0, no motor) Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Parameter number involved. See also: p0300, p0301, p0304, p0305, p0307, p0310, p0311, p0314, p0316, p0320, p0322, p0323 Remedy: Compare the motor data with the rating plate data and if required, correct.
PAGE 697
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms For fault value = 2: Bring the motor into a no-load condition. For fault value = 10: When selecting p1980 = 4: Increase the value for p0325. When selecting p1980 = 1: Increase the value for p0329. Check whether the motor is correctly connected. Replace the power unit involved. For fault value = 11: Increase the value for p0329. Check whether the motor is correctly connected. Replace the power unit involved.
PAGE 698
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07983 Drive: Rotating measurement saturation characteristic Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred while determining the saturation characteristic. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: The speed did not reach a steady-state condition. 2: The rotor flux did not reach a steady-state condition. 3: The adaptation circuit did not reach a steady-state condition. 4: The adaptation circuit was not enabled.
PAGE 699
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: For fault value = 1: - check the motor parameters (rating plate data). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3. - check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3. - carry out a motor data identification routine (p1910). - if required, reduce the dynamic factor (p1967 < 25 %). Re fault value = 2, 5: - adapt the speed setpoint (p1965) or adapt the minimum limit (p1080).
PAGE 700
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F07988 Drive: Rotating measurement, no configuration selected Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: When configuring the rotating measurement (p1959), no function was selected. Remedy: Select at least one function for automatic optimization of the speed controller (p1959).
PAGE 701
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm automatically disappears after the motor data identification routine has been successfully completed or for the setting p1900 = 0. A07994 (F, N) Drive: motor data identification not performed Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The "vector control" mode has been selected and a motor data identification has still not been performed.
PAGE 702
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A08526 (F) PROFINET: No cyclic connection Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: There is no connection to a PROFINET controller. Remedy: Establish the cyclic connection and activate the controller with cyclic operation. Check the parameters "Name of Station" and "IP of Station" (r61000, r61001).
PAGE 703
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F08702 (A) CAN: RPDO Timeout Reaction: OFF3 (NONE, OFF1, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The monitoring time of the CANopen RPDO telegram has expired because the bus connection was either interrupted or the CANopen Master was switched-off. See also: p8699 (CAN: RPDO monitoring time) Remedy: - check the bus cable - check the master. - If required, increase the monitoring time (p8699).
PAGE 704
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Only sub-index 0 of the specified objects can be mapped. Note: As long as A08755 is present, the COB-ID cannot be set to valid. A08756 CAN: Number of mapped bytes exceeded Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The number of bytes of the mapped objects exceeds the telegram size for net data. A max. of 8 bytes is permissible. Remedy: Map fewer objects or objects with a smaller data type.
PAGE 705
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A08802 PROFIenergy not possible to switch off incremental encoder supply Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The incremental encoder is used for the closed-loop position control. This means that its power supply cannot be switched off during the PROFIenergy energy-saving mode, otherwise it would lose its position actual value.
PAGE 706
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F13102 Know-how protection: Consistency error of the protected data Reaction: OFF1 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An error was identified when checking the consistency of the protected files. As a consequence, the project on the memory card cannot be run. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): yyyyxxxx hex: yyyy = object number, xxxx = fault cause xxxx = 1: A file has a checksum error. xxxx = 2: The files are not consistent with one another.
PAGE 707
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - dynamic response of DC-link voltage controller excessive or insufficient. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): DC link voltage at the time of trip [0.1 V]. Remedy: -increase the ramp-down time (p1121). - set the rounding times (p1130, p1136). This is particularly recommended in U/f operation to relieve the DC link voltage controller with rapid ramp-down times of the ramp-function generator. - Activate the DC link voltage controller (p1240, p1280).
PAGE 708
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30011 Power unit: Line phase failure in main circuit Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: At the power unit, the DC link voltage ripple has exceeded the permissible limit value. Possible causes: - A line phase has failed. - The 3 line phases are inadmissibly unsymmetrical. - the fuse of a phase of a main circuit has ruptured. - A motor phase has failed. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 709
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the motor feeder cables. - increase the ramp-up or ramp-down time (p1120) if the drive has stalled in U/f control. - check the speed controller settings. A30016 (N) Power unit: Load supply switched out Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The DC link voltage is too low. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): DC link voltage at the time of trip [0.1 V]. Remedy: Under certain circumstances, the AC line supply is not switched on.
PAGE 710
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0: Short-circuit in phase U Bit 1: Short circuit in phase V Bit 2: Short-circuit in phase W Bit 3: Light transmitter enable defective Bit 4: U_ce group fault signal interrupted See also: r0949 (Fault value) Remedy: - check the fiber-optic cable and if required, replace. - check the power supply of the IGBT gating module (24 V). - check the power cable connections. - select the defective semiconductor and replace.
PAGE 711
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30027 Power unit: Precharging DC link time monitoring Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit DC link was not able to be pre-charged within the expected time. 1) There is no line supply voltage connected. 2) The line contactor/line side switch has not been closed. 3) The line supply voltage is too low. 4) Line supply voltage incorrectly set (p0210).
PAGE 712
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms A30030 Power unit: Internal overtemperature alarm Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The temperature inside the converter has exceeded the permissible limit value of the alarm threshold. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. - overload. - ambient temperature too high. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 713
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms - motor load too high - power unit defective. Note: Alarm A30031 is always output if, for a Power Module, the hardware current limiting of phase U, V or W responds. Remedy: - check the motor data and if required, recalculate the control parameters (p0340 = 3). As an alternative, run a motor data identification (p1910 = 1, p1960 = 1). - check the motor circuit configuration (star/delta). - check the motor load. - check the power cable connections.
PAGE 714
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30037 Power unit: Rectifier overtemperature Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The temperature in the rectifier of the power unit has exceeded the permissible temperature limit. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. - overload. - ambient temperature too high. - line supply phase failure. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Temperature [0.01 °C]. Remedy: - check whether the fan is running. - check the fan elements.
PAGE 715
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30055 Power unit: Braking chopper overcurrent Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An overcurrent condition has occurred in the braking chopper. Remedy: - check whether the braking resistor has a short circuit. - for an external braking resistor, check whether the resistor may have been dimensioned too small. Note: The braking chopper is only enabled again at pulse enable after the fault has been acknowledged.
PAGE 716
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms 20B hex: The Control Unit was inserted on a Power Module, which although it has the same code number, has a different serial number. The Control Unit executes an automatic warm restart to accept the new calibration data. Remedy: For fault value = 0 and 20A hex: Insert the Control Unit on an appropriate Power Module and continue operation. If required, carry out a POWER ON of the Control Unit. For fault value = 1 hex: Carry out a POWER ON of the Control Unit.
PAGE 717
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30105 PU: Actual value sensing fault Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: At least one incorrect actual value channel was detected on the Power Stack Adapter (PSA). The incorrect actual value channels are displayed in the following diagnostic parameters. Remedy: Evaluate the diagnostic parameters. If the actual value channel is incorrect, check the components and if required, replace.
PAGE 718
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30804 (N, A) Power unit: CRC Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A CRC error has occurred for the power unit. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline. F30805 Power unit: EPROM checksum error Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Internal parameter data is corrupted.
PAGE 719
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F30903 Power unit: I2C bus error occurred Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Communications error with an EEPROM or A/D converter. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): 80000000 hex: - internal software error. 00000001 hex ... 0000FFFF hex: - module fault. Remedy: Re fault value = 80000000 hex: - upgrade firmware to later version. Re fault value = 00000001 hex ... 0000FFFF hex: - replace the module.
PAGE 720
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F35950 TM: Internal software error Reaction: OFF2 (NONE) Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Information about the fault source. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - If necessary, upgrade the firmware in the Terminal Module to a later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 721
Faults and alarms List of faults and alarms F50518 FBLOCKS: Sampling time of free run-time group differs at download Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: In the STARTER/SCOUT project that was downloaded, the hardware sampling time of a free run-time group (1 <= p20000[i] <= 256) was set to a value that was either too low or too high. The sampling time must be between 1 ms and the value r20003 - r20002.
PAGE 723
A Appendix Contents A.1 ASCII table (excerpt) A-724 A.
PAGE 724
Appendix ASCII table (excerpt) A.1 ASCII table (excerpt) The following table includes the decimal and hexadecimal notation of selected ASCII characters.
PAGE 725
List of abbreviations B Abbreviations used with the SINAMICS G120: Abbreviation Meaning A AC Alternating Current A/D Analog-Digital converter ADR Address AFM Additional Frequency Modulation AG Programmable controller AI Analog Input AK Request identifier AO Analog Output AOP Advanced Operator Panel AR Automatic Restart ASIC Application-Specific Integrated Circuit ASP Analog Setpoint ASVM Asymmetric Space Vector Modulation B BCC Block Check Character BCD Binary-Coded Decimal
PAGE 726
List of abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning COM Common contact on a changeover contact (terminal is connected to NO or NC) CU Control Unit CW Clockwise D D/A Digital-Analog converter DC Direct Current DDS Drive Data Set DI Digital Input DIP DIP switch DO Digital Output DP Distributed I/Os DS Drive State E EEC European Economic Community EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMF Electrom
PAGE 727
List of abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning H HIW Main actual value HMI Human Machine Interface HO High Overload (constant torque) HSW Main setpoint HTL High-Level Transistor Logic I IASC Internal Armature Short-Circuit IBN Commissioning IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor I/O Input/Output IOP Intelligent Operator Panel J JOG JOG K KIB Kinetic buffering L LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode LGE Length LO Light Overload (variable torque) LSTO Latched Safe
PAGE 728
List of abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning PIV Parameter Identifier Value PLC Programmable Logic Controller PM Power Module PM-IF Power Module Interface PPO Parameter Process Data Object PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient PWE Parameter value PWM Pulse-Width Modulation pxxxx Writable parameters PZD Process data Q QC Quick Commissioning R RAM Random Access Memory RCCB Residual Current Circuit Breaker RCD Residual Current Device RFG Ramp-Function Generator RFI Radio Frequenc
PAGE 729
List of abbreviations Abbreviation Meaning Z ZSW Status word ZUSW Additional setpoint © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 01/2013 B-729
PAGE 731
C Index Numbers 1020 Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 2-498 1021 Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 2-499 1022 Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 2-500 1030 Handling BICO technology, 2-501 1680 Vector control, V/f control, 2-503 1700 Vector control, speed control and generation of the torque limits, 2-504 1710 Vector control, current control, 2-505 2221 Digital inputs, isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5), 2-507 2242 Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2), 2-508 2251 Analog inputs 0 ... 1 (AI 0 ...
PAGE 732
Index 2512 Control word 1 (r0054), 2-553 2513 Control word 2 (r0055), 2-554 2522 Status word, speed controller, 2-555 2526 Status word, closed-loop control, 2-556 2530 Status word, current control, 2-557 2534 Status word, monitoring functions 1, 2-558 2536 Status word, monitoring functions 2, 2-559 2537 Status word, monitoring functions 3, 2-560 2546 Control word, faults/alarms, 2-561 2548 Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2, 2-562 2634 Sequence control - Missing enables, 2-563 3001 Overview of setpoint cha
PAGE 733
Index 7033 Essential service mode (ESM), 2-598 7035 Bypass, 2-599 7036 Cascade control, 2-600 7038 Energy-saving mode, 2-601 7200 Sampling times of the runtime groups, 2-603 7210 AND (AND function blocks with 4 inputs), 2-604 7212 OR (OR function blocks with 4 inputs), 2-605 7214 XOR (XOR function blocks with 4 inputs), 2-606 7216 NOT (inverter), 2-607 7220 ADD (adder with 4 inputs), SUB (subtracter), 2-608 7222 MUL (multiplier), DIV (divider), 2-609 7224 AVA (absolute value generator), 2-610 7225 NCM (num
PAGE 734
Index 8565 Drive data sets (DDS), 2-647 9204 Receive telegram, free PDO mapping, 2-533 9206 Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1), 2-534 9208 Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2), 2-535 9210 Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1), 2-536 9220 Control word, CANopen, 2-537 9226 Status word, CANopen, 2-538 9310 Configuration, addresses and diagnostics, 2-540 9342 STW1 control word interconnection, 2-541 9352 ZSW1 status word interconnection, 2-542 9360 Receive telegram, f
PAGE 735
Index D Data set, 2-644 Command data set, 1-14 Command data set, CDS, 1-14 Drive data set, 1-14 Drive data set, DDS, 1-14 Motor data set, 1-14 Motor data set, MDS, 1-14 Power unit data set, 1-14 Power unit data set, PDS, 1-14 Data type (parameters), 1-12 DC braking (p0300 = 1), 2-595 DCBRK, 3-652 DDS (Drive Data Set), 1-14, 2-644, 2-647 Dependency (parameter), 1-18 Description (parameter), 1-17 Digital inputs, 2-506 Digital outputs, 2-506 Direction of rotation limitation, 2-564 Direction reversal, 2-564 Di
PAGE 736
Index INT (integrator), 2-621 LIM (limiter), 2-619 LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis), 2-622 MFP (pulse generator), 2-613 MUL (multiplier), 2-609 NCM (numeric comparator), 2-611 NOT (inverter), 2-607 NSW (numeric change-over switch), 2-618 OR, 2-605 PCL (pulse contractor), 2-613 PDE (ON delay), 2-614 PDF (OFF delay), 2-615 PLI (polyline scaling), 2-612 PST (pulse stretcher), 2-616 PT1 (smoothing element), 2-620 RSR (RS flip-flop), 2-617 Sampling times of the runtime groups, 2-603 SUB (subtrac
PAGE 737
Index Function diagrams, signals and monitoring functions Load monitoring, 2-633 Monitoring functions 1, 2-637 Overview, 2-629 Speed signals 1, 2-630 Speed signals 2, 2-631 Thermal monitoring, motor, 2-635 Thermal monitoring, power unit, 2-634 Thermal motor models, 2-636 Torque signals, motor locked/stalled, 2-632 Function diagrams, technology controller Closed-loop control, 2-627 Fixed value selection binary (p2216 = 2), 2-624 Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1), 2-625 Motorized potentiometer, 2-626
PAGE 738
Index Parameters, all, 1-22 Power unit data sets, 1-474 List of abbreviations, B-725 Load monitoring, 2-628 M Manufacturer-specific telegrams, 2-520 MDS (Motor Data Set), 1-14 Message buffer, 2-638 Message value, 3-655 Messages, 2-628 Monitoring functions, 2-628 Motorized potentiometer, 2-564, 2-626 Multi-zone control, 2-597 N Name Alarm, 3-655 Fault, 3-655 Number Alarm, 3-654 Fault, 3-654 Parameter, 1-9 Number range Alarms, 3-659 Faults, 3-659 Parameter, 1-19 Number ranges of faults and alarms, 3-657 O
PAGE 739
Index T V Technology controller, 2-623 Technology functions, 2-594 Telegrams, 2-514, 2-517 Temperature evaluation, 2-506 Thermal monitoring, 2-628 Torque signals, 2-628 Triggering when messages are issued (r2129), 2-638 Values (parameter), 1-17 Vector control Current setpoint filter, 2-588 Droop, 2-575 Iq and Id controllers, 2-589 Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation, 2-578 Speed control configuration, 2-584 Speed controller with/without encoder, 2-577 Table of contents, 2-574 Torque setpoint, 2-579 U Unit (parameter)
PAGE 741
PAGE 742
Siemens AG Industry Sector Drive Technologies Motion Control Systems Postfach 3180 91050 Erlangen GERMANY Subject to change without prior notice © Siemens AG 2008 - 2013 www.siemens.